blob: 445b66c6eb7e5bf547e6af027557a0cdb03d854f [file] [log] [blame]
Thomas Gleixnerd2912cb2019-06-04 10:11:33 +02001/* SPDX-License-Identifier: GPL-2.0-only */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002/*
Johannes Berg3017b802007-08-28 17:01:53 -04003 * mac80211 <-> driver interface
4 *
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005 * Copyright 2002-2005, Devicescape Software, Inc.
6 * Copyright 2006-2007 Jiri Benc <jbenc@suse.cz>
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +02007 * Copyright 2007-2010 Johannes Berg <johannes@sipsolutions.net>
Johannes Bergd98ad832014-09-03 15:24:57 +03008 * Copyright 2013-2014 Intel Mobile Communications GmbH
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +03009 * Copyright (C) 2015 - 2017 Intel Deutschland GmbH
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +020010 * Copyright (C) 2018 - 2020 Intel Corporation
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070011 */
12
13#ifndef MAC80211_H
14#define MAC80211_H
15
Paul Gortmaker187f1882011-11-23 20:12:59 -050016#include <linux/bug.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070017#include <linux/kernel.h>
18#include <linux/if_ether.h>
19#include <linux/skbuff.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070020#include <linux/ieee80211.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070021#include <net/cfg80211.h>
Michal Kazior5caa3282016-05-19 10:37:51 +020022#include <net/codel.h>
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +030023#include <net/ieee80211_radiotap.h>
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +020024#include <asm/unaligned.h>
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070025
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040026/**
27 * DOC: Introduction
28 *
29 * mac80211 is the Linux stack for 802.11 hardware that implements
30 * only partial functionality in hard- or firmware. This document
31 * defines the interface between mac80211 and low-level hardware
32 * drivers.
33 */
34
35/**
36 * DOC: Calling mac80211 from interrupts
37 *
38 * Only ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() can be
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070039 * called in hardware interrupt context. The low-level driver must not call any
40 * other functions in hardware interrupt context. If there is a need for such
41 * call, the low-level driver should first ACK the interrupt and perform the
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +010042 * IEEE 802.11 code call after this, e.g. from a scheduled workqueue or even
43 * tasklet function.
44 *
45 * NOTE: If the driver opts to use the _irqsafe() functions, it may not also
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -070046 * use the non-IRQ-safe functions!
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070047 */
48
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040049/**
50 * DOC: Warning
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070051 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040052 * If you're reading this document and not the header file itself, it will
53 * be incomplete because not all documentation has been converted yet.
54 */
55
56/**
57 * DOC: Frame format
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070058 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -040059 * As a general rule, when frames are passed between mac80211 and the driver,
60 * they start with the IEEE 802.11 header and include the same octets that are
61 * sent over the air except for the FCS which should be calculated by the
62 * hardware.
63 *
64 * There are, however, various exceptions to this rule for advanced features:
65 *
66 * The first exception is for hardware encryption and decryption offload
67 * where the IV/ICV may or may not be generated in hardware.
68 *
69 * Secondly, when the hardware handles fragmentation, the frame handed to
70 * the driver from mac80211 is the MSDU, not the MPDU.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -070071 */
72
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +020073/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -040074 * DOC: mac80211 workqueue
75 *
76 * mac80211 provides its own workqueue for drivers and internal mac80211 use.
77 * The workqueue is a single threaded workqueue and can only be accessed by
78 * helpers for sanity checking. Drivers must ensure all work added onto the
79 * mac80211 workqueue should be cancelled on the driver stop() callback.
80 *
81 * mac80211 will flushed the workqueue upon interface removal and during
82 * suspend.
83 *
84 * All work performed on the mac80211 workqueue must not acquire the RTNL lock.
85 *
86 */
87
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +010088/**
89 * DOC: mac80211 software tx queueing
90 *
91 * mac80211 provides an optional intermediate queueing implementation designed
92 * to allow the driver to keep hardware queues short and provide some fairness
93 * between different stations/interfaces.
94 * In this model, the driver pulls data frames from the mac80211 queue instead
95 * of letting mac80211 push them via drv_tx().
96 * Other frames (e.g. control or management) are still pushed using drv_tx().
97 *
98 * Drivers indicate that they use this model by implementing the .wake_tx_queue
99 * driver operation.
100 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +0300101 * Intermediate queues (struct ieee80211_txq) are kept per-sta per-tid, with
102 * another per-sta for non-data/non-mgmt and bufferable management frames, and
103 * a single per-vif queue for multicast data frames.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100104 *
105 * The driver is expected to initialize its private per-queue data for stations
106 * and interfaces in the .add_interface and .sta_add ops.
107 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -0800108 * The driver can't access the queue directly. To dequeue a frame from a
109 * txq, it calls ieee80211_tx_dequeue(). Whenever mac80211 adds a new frame to a
110 * queue, it calls the .wake_tx_queue driver op.
111 *
112 * Drivers can optionally delegate responsibility for scheduling queues to
113 * mac80211, to take advantage of airtime fairness accounting. In this case, to
114 * obtain the next queue to pull frames from, the driver calls
115 * ieee80211_next_txq(). The driver is then expected to return the txq using
116 * ieee80211_return_txq().
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +0100117 *
118 * For AP powersave TIM handling, the driver only needs to indicate if it has
119 * buffered packets in the driver specific data structures by calling
120 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(). For frames buffered in the ieee80211_txq
121 * struct, mac80211 sets the appropriate TIM PVB bits and calls
122 * .release_buffered_frames().
123 * In that callback the driver is therefore expected to release its own
124 * buffered frames and afterwards also frames from the ieee80211_txq (obtained
125 * via the usual ieee80211_tx_dequeue).
126 */
127
Paul Gortmaker313162d2012-01-30 11:46:54 -0500128struct device;
129
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -0400130/**
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200131 * enum ieee80211_max_queues - maximum number of queues
132 *
133 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES: Maximum number of regular device queues.
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100134 * @IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP: bitmap with maximum queues set
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200135 */
136enum ieee80211_max_queues {
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200137 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES = 16,
Johannes Berg445ea4e2013-02-13 12:25:28 +0100138 IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUE_MAP = BIT(IEEE80211_MAX_QUEUES) - 1,
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200139};
140
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +0200141#define IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE 0xff
142
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +0200143/**
Johannes Berg4bce22b2010-11-16 11:49:58 -0800144 * enum ieee80211_ac_numbers - AC numbers as used in mac80211
145 * @IEEE80211_AC_VO: voice
146 * @IEEE80211_AC_VI: video
147 * @IEEE80211_AC_BE: best effort
148 * @IEEE80211_AC_BK: background
149 */
150enum ieee80211_ac_numbers {
151 IEEE80211_AC_VO = 0,
152 IEEE80211_AC_VI = 1,
153 IEEE80211_AC_BE = 2,
154 IEEE80211_AC_BK = 3,
155};
156
157/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400158 * struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params - transmit queue configuration
159 *
160 * The information provided in this structure is required for QoS
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100161 * transmit queue configuration. Cf. IEEE 802.11 7.3.2.29.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400162 *
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -0400163 * @aifs: arbitration interframe space [0..255]
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200164 * @cw_min: minimum contention window [a value of the form
165 * 2^n-1 in the range 1..32767]
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400166 * @cw_max: maximum contention window [like @cw_min]
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100167 * @txop: maximum burst time in units of 32 usecs, 0 meaning disabled
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300168 * @acm: is mandatory admission control required for the access category
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +0200169 * @uapsd: is U-APSD mode enabled for the queue
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300170 * @mu_edca: is the MU EDCA configured
171 * @mu_edca_param_rec: MU EDCA Parameter Record for HE
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -0400172 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700173struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params {
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200174 u16 txop;
Johannes Berg3330d7b2008-02-10 16:49:38 +0100175 u16 cw_min;
176 u16 cw_max;
Johannes Bergf434b2d2008-07-10 11:22:31 +0200177 u8 aifs;
Alexander Bondar908f8d02013-04-07 09:53:30 +0300178 bool acm;
Kalle Valoab133152010-01-12 10:42:31 +0200179 bool uapsd;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300180 bool mu_edca;
181 struct ieee80211_he_mu_edca_param_ac_rec mu_edca_param_rec;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700182};
183
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -0700184struct ieee80211_low_level_stats {
185 unsigned int dot11ACKFailureCount;
186 unsigned int dot11RTSFailureCount;
187 unsigned int dot11FCSErrorCount;
188 unsigned int dot11RTSSuccessCount;
189};
190
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100191/**
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200192 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_change - change flag for channel context
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100193 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH: The channel width changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200194 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS: The number of RX chains changed
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100195 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR: radar detection flag changed
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200196 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL: switched to another operating channel,
197 * this is used only with channel switching with CSA
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200198 * @IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH: The min required channel width changed
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200199 */
200enum ieee80211_chanctx_change {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100201 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_WIDTH = BIT(0),
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200202 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RX_CHAINS = BIT(1),
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100203 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_RADAR = BIT(2),
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +0200204 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(3),
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200205 IEEE80211_CHANCTX_CHANGE_MIN_WIDTH = BIT(4),
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200206};
207
208/**
209 * struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf - channel context that vifs may be tuned to
210 *
211 * This is the driver-visible part. The ieee80211_chanctx
212 * that contains it is visible in mac80211 only.
213 *
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100214 * @def: the channel definition
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200215 * @min_def: the minimum channel definition currently required.
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200216 * @rx_chains_static: The number of RX chains that must always be
217 * active on the channel to receive MIMO transmissions
218 * @rx_chains_dynamic: The number of RX chains that must be enabled
219 * after RTS/CTS handshake to receive SMPS MIMO transmissions;
Simon Wunderlich5d7fad42012-11-30 19:17:28 +0100220 * this will always be >= @rx_chains_static.
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100221 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled on this channel.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200222 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
223 * sizeof(void *), size is determined in hw information.
224 */
225struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf {
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100226 struct cfg80211_chan_def def;
Eliad Peller21f659b2013-11-11 20:14:01 +0200227 struct cfg80211_chan_def min_def;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200228
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +0200229 u8 rx_chains_static, rx_chains_dynamic;
230
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +0100231 bool radar_enabled;
232
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -0500233 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +0200234};
235
236/**
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +0300237 * enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode - channel context switch mode
238 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF: Both old and new contexts already
239 * exist (and will continue to exist), but the virtual interface
240 * needs to be switched from one to the other.
241 * @CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS: The old context exists but will stop
242 * to exist with this call, the new context doesn't exist but
243 * will be active after this call, the virtual interface switches
244 * from the old to the new (note that the driver may of course
245 * implement this as an on-the-fly chandef switch of the existing
246 * hardware context, but the mac80211 pointer for the old context
247 * will cease to exist and only the new one will later be used
248 * for changes/removal.)
249 */
250enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode {
251 CHANCTX_SWMODE_REASSIGN_VIF,
252 CHANCTX_SWMODE_SWAP_CONTEXTS,
253};
254
255/**
256 * struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch - vif chanctx switch information
257 *
258 * This is structure is used to pass information about a vif that
259 * needs to switch from one chanctx to another. The
260 * &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode defines how the switch should be
261 * done.
262 *
263 * @vif: the vif that should be switched from old_ctx to new_ctx
264 * @old_ctx: the old context to which the vif was assigned
265 * @new_ctx: the new context to which the vif must be assigned
266 */
267struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch {
268 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
269 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *old_ctx;
270 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *new_ctx;
271};
272
273/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100274 * enum ieee80211_bss_change - BSS change notification flags
275 *
276 * These flags are used with the bss_info_changed() callback
277 * to indicate which BSS parameter changed.
278 *
279 * @BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC: association status changed (associated/disassociated),
280 * also implies a change in the AID.
281 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT: CTS protection changed
282 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE: preamble changed
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300283 * @BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT: slot timing changed
Tomas Winkler38668c02008-03-28 16:33:32 -0700284 * @BSS_CHANGED_HT: 802.11n parameters changed
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200285 * @BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES: Basic rateset changed
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200286 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT: Beacon interval changed
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200287 * @BSS_CHANGED_BSSID: BSSID changed, for whatever
288 * reason (IBSS and managed mode)
289 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON: Beacon data changed, retrieve
290 * new beacon (beaconing modes)
291 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED: Beaconing should be
292 * enabled/disabled (beaconing modes)
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200293 * @BSS_CHANGED_CQM: Connection quality monitor config changed
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200294 * @BSS_CHANGED_IBSS: IBSS join status changed
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300295 * @BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER: Hardware ARP filter address list or state changed.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200296 * @BSS_CHANGED_QOS: QoS for this association was enabled/disabled. Note
297 * that it is only ever disabled for station mode.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200298 * @BSS_CHANGED_IDLE: Idle changed for this BSS/interface.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200299 * @BSS_CHANGED_SSID: SSID changed for this BSS (AP and IBSS mode)
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200300 * @BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP: Probe Response changed for this BSS (AP mode)
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300301 * @BSS_CHANGED_PS: PS changed for this BSS (STA mode)
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200302 * @BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER: TX power setting changed for this interface
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100303 * @BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS: P2P powersave settings (CTWindow, opportunistic PS)
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200304 * changed
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300305 * @BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO: Data from the AP's beacon became available:
306 * currently dtim_period only is under consideration.
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100307 * @BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH: The bandwidth used by this interface changed,
308 * note that this is only called when it changes after the channel
309 * context had been assigned.
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100310 * @BSS_CHANGED_OCB: OCB join status changed
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200311 * @BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS: VHT MU-MIMO group id or user position changed
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300312 * @BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE: keep alive options (idle period or protected
313 * keep alive) changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700314 * @BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE: Multicast Rate setting changed for this interface
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +1300315 * @BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER: fine timing measurement request responder
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700316 * functionality changed for this BSS (AP mode).
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200317 * @BSS_CHANGED_TWT: TWT status changed
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200318 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD: OBSS Packet Detection status changed.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100319 * @BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR: BSS Color has changed
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000320 * @BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY: FILS discovery status changed.
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000321 * @BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
322 * status changed.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700323 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100324 */
325enum ieee80211_bss_change {
326 BSS_CHANGED_ASSOC = 1<<0,
327 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_CTS_PROT = 1<<1,
328 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_PREAMBLE = 1<<2,
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300329 BSS_CHANGED_ERP_SLOT = 1<<3,
Alexander Simona7ce1c92011-09-18 00:16:45 +0200330 BSS_CHANGED_HT = 1<<4,
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200331 BSS_CHANGED_BASIC_RATES = 1<<5,
Johannes Berg57c4d7b2009-04-23 16:10:04 +0200332 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INT = 1<<6,
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200333 BSS_CHANGED_BSSID = 1<<7,
334 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON = 1<<8,
335 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_ENABLED = 1<<9,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200336 BSS_CHANGED_CQM = 1<<10,
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200337 BSS_CHANGED_IBSS = 1<<11,
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300338 BSS_CHANGED_ARP_FILTER = 1<<12,
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200339 BSS_CHANGED_QOS = 1<<13,
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200340 BSS_CHANGED_IDLE = 1<<14,
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300341 BSS_CHANGED_SSID = 1<<15,
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +0200342 BSS_CHANGED_AP_PROBE_RESP = 1<<16,
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300343 BSS_CHANGED_PS = 1<<17,
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200344 BSS_CHANGED_TXPOWER = 1<<18,
Johannes Berg488dd7b2012-10-29 20:08:01 +0100345 BSS_CHANGED_P2P_PS = 1<<19,
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300346 BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO = 1<<20,
Johannes Berg2c9b7352013-02-07 21:37:29 +0100347 BSS_CHANGED_BANDWIDTH = 1<<21,
Rostislav Lisovy239281f2014-11-03 10:33:19 +0100348 BSS_CHANGED_OCB = 1<<22,
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200349 BSS_CHANGED_MU_GROUPS = 1<<23,
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300350 BSS_CHANGED_KEEP_ALIVE = 1<<24,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapudcbe73c2018-03-22 12:18:03 -0700351 BSS_CHANGED_MCAST_RATE = 1<<25,
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700352 BSS_CHANGED_FTM_RESPONDER = 1<<26,
John Crispinc9d32452019-05-28 13:49:47 +0200353 BSS_CHANGED_TWT = 1<<27,
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200354 BSS_CHANGED_HE_OBSS_PD = 1<<28,
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100355 BSS_CHANGED_HE_BSS_COLOR = 1<<29,
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000356 BSS_CHANGED_FILS_DISCOVERY = 1<<30,
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000357 BSS_CHANGED_UNSOL_BCAST_PROBE_RESP = 1<<31,
Johannes Bergac8dd502010-05-05 09:44:02 +0200358
359 /* when adding here, make sure to change ieee80211_reconfig */
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100360};
361
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300362/*
363 * The maximum number of IPv4 addresses listed for ARP filtering. If the number
364 * of addresses for an interface increase beyond this value, hardware ARP
365 * filtering will be disabled.
366 */
367#define IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN 4
368
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100369/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200370 * enum ieee80211_event_type - event to be notified to the low level driver
371 * @RSSI_EVENT: AP's rssi crossed the a threshold set by the driver.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200372 * @MLME_EVENT: event related to MLME
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300373 * @BAR_RX_EVENT: a BAR was received
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300374 * @BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT: Frames were released from the reordering buffer because
375 * they timed out. This won't be called for each frame released, but only
376 * once each time the timeout triggers.
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700377 */
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200378enum ieee80211_event_type {
379 RSSI_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200380 MLME_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300381 BAR_RX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300382 BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200383};
384
385/**
386 * enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data - relevant when event type is %RSSI_EVENT
387 * @RSSI_EVENT_HIGH: AP's rssi went below the threshold set by the driver.
388 * @RSSI_EVENT_LOW: AP's rssi went above the threshold set by the driver.
389 */
390enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data {
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -0700391 RSSI_EVENT_HIGH,
392 RSSI_EVENT_LOW,
393};
394
395/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200396 * struct ieee80211_rssi_event - data attached to an %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200397 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data
398 */
399struct ieee80211_rssi_event {
400 enum ieee80211_rssi_event_data data;
401};
402
403/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200404 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
405 * @AUTH_EVENT: the MLME operation is authentication
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200406 * @ASSOC_EVENT: the MLME operation is association
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200407 * @DEAUTH_RX_EVENT: deauth received..
408 * @DEAUTH_TX_EVENT: deauth sent.
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200409 */
410enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data {
411 AUTH_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbachd0d1a122015-03-16 23:23:36 +0200412 ASSOC_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha90faa92015-03-16 23:23:37 +0200413 DEAUTH_RX_EVENT,
414 DEAUTH_TX_EVENT,
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200415};
416
417/**
418 * enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status - relevant when event type is %MLME_EVENT
419 * @MLME_SUCCESS: the MLME operation completed successfully.
420 * @MLME_DENIED: the MLME operation was denied by the peer.
421 * @MLME_TIMEOUT: the MLME operation timed out.
422 */
423enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status {
424 MLME_SUCCESS,
425 MLME_DENIED,
426 MLME_TIMEOUT,
427};
428
429/**
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200430 * struct ieee80211_mlme_event - data attached to an %MLME_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200431 * @data: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data
432 * @status: See &enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status
433 * @reason: the reason code if applicable
434 */
435struct ieee80211_mlme_event {
436 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_data data;
437 enum ieee80211_mlme_event_status status;
438 u16 reason;
439};
440
441/**
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300442 * struct ieee80211_ba_event - data attached for BlockAck related events
443 * @sta: pointer to the &ieee80211_sta to which this event relates
444 * @tid: the tid
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300445 * @ssn: the starting sequence number (for %BAR_RX_EVENT)
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300446 */
447struct ieee80211_ba_event {
448 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
449 u16 tid;
450 u16 ssn;
451};
452
453/**
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200454 * struct ieee80211_event - event to be sent to the driver
Jonathan Corbeta839e462015-04-13 18:27:35 +0200455 * @type: The event itself. See &enum ieee80211_event_type.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200456 * @rssi: relevant if &type is %RSSI_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200457 * @mlme: relevant if &type is %AUTH_EVENT
Emmanuel Grumbachb497de62015-04-20 22:53:38 +0300458 * @ba: relevant if &type is %BAR_RX_EVENT or %BA_FRAME_TIMEOUT
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300459 * @u:union holding the fields above
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200460 */
461struct ieee80211_event {
462 enum ieee80211_event_type type;
463 union {
464 struct ieee80211_rssi_event rssi;
Emmanuel Grumbacha9409092015-03-16 23:23:35 +0200465 struct ieee80211_mlme_event mlme;
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +0300466 struct ieee80211_ba_event ba;
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +0200467 } u;
468};
469
470/**
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200471 * struct ieee80211_mu_group_data - STA's VHT MU-MIMO group data
472 *
473 * This structure describes the group id data of VHT MU-MIMO
474 *
475 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
476 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
477 */
478struct ieee80211_mu_group_data {
479 u8 membership[WLAN_MEMBERSHIP_LEN];
480 u8 position[WLAN_USER_POSITION_LEN];
481};
482
483/**
Randy Dunlap3453de92018-12-06 12:58:30 -0800484 * struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params - FTM responder parameters
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700485 *
486 * @lci: LCI subelement content
487 * @civicloc: CIVIC location subelement content
488 * @lci_len: LCI data length
489 * @civicloc_len: Civic data length
490 */
491struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params {
492 const u8 *lci;
493 const u8 *civicloc;
494 size_t lci_len;
495 size_t civicloc_len;
496};
497
498/**
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000499 * struct ieee80211_fils_discovery - FILS discovery parameters from
500 * IEEE Std 802.11ai-2016, Annex C.3 MIB detail.
501 *
502 * @min_interval: Minimum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
503 * @max_interval: Maximum packet interval in TUs (0 - 10000)
504 */
505struct ieee80211_fils_discovery {
506 u32 min_interval;
507 u32 max_interval;
508};
509
510/**
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100511 * struct ieee80211_bss_conf - holds the BSS's changing parameters
512 *
513 * This structure keeps information about a BSS (and an association
514 * to that BSS) that can change during the lifetime of the BSS.
515 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300516 * @htc_trig_based_pkt_ext: default PE in 4us units, if BSS supports HE
517 * @multi_sta_back_32bit: supports BA bitmap of 32-bits in Multi-STA BACK
518 * @uora_exists: is the UORA element advertised by AP
519 * @ack_enabled: indicates support to receive a multi-TID that solicits either
520 * ACK, BACK or both
521 * @uora_ocw_range: UORA element's OCW Range field
522 * @frame_time_rts_th: HE duration RTS threshold, in units of 32us
523 * @he_support: does this BSS support HE
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200524 * @twt_requester: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
525 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200526 * @twt_responder: does this BSS support TWT requester (relevant for managed
527 * mode only, set if the AP advertises TWT responder role)
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200528 * @twt_protected: does this BSS support protected TWT frames
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100529 * @assoc: association status
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200530 * @ibss_joined: indicates whether this station is part of an IBSS
531 * or not
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530532 * @ibss_creator: indicates if a new IBSS network is being created
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100533 * @aid: association ID number, valid only when @assoc is true
534 * @use_cts_prot: use CTS protection
Johannes Bergea1b2b452015-06-02 20:15:49 +0200535 * @use_short_preamble: use 802.11b short preamble
536 * @use_short_slot: use short slot time (only relevant for ERP)
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +0100537 * @dtim_period: num of beacons before the next DTIM, for beaconing,
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +0200538 * valid in station mode only if after the driver was notified
Alexander Bondar989c6502013-05-16 17:34:17 +0300539 * with the %BSS_CHANGED_BEACON_INFO flag, will be non-zero then.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200540 * @sync_tsf: last beacon's/probe response's TSF timestamp (could be old
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100541 * as it may have been received during scanning long ago). If the
542 * HW flag %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY is set, then this can
543 * only come from a beacon, but might not become valid until after
544 * association when a beacon is received (which is notified with the
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200545 * %BSS_CHANGED_DTIM flag.). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200546 * @sync_device_ts: the device timestamp corresponding to the sync_tsf,
547 * the driver/device can use this to calculate synchronisation
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200548 * (see @sync_tsf). See also sync_dtim_count important notice.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100549 * @sync_dtim_count: Only valid when %IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY
550 * is requested, see @sync_tsf/@sync_device_ts.
Alexander Bondar2ecc3902015-03-01 09:10:00 +0200551 * IMPORTANT: These three sync_* parameters would possibly be out of sync
552 * by the time the driver will use them. The synchronized view is currently
553 * guaranteed only in certain callbacks.
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700554 * @beacon_int: beacon interval
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800555 * @assoc_capability: capabilities taken from assoc resp
Johannes Berg96dd22a2008-09-11 00:01:57 +0200556 * @basic_rates: bitmap of basic rates, each bit stands for an
557 * index into the rate table configured by the driver in
558 * the current band.
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300559 * @beacon_rate: associated AP's beacon TX rate
Felix Fietkaudd5b4cc2010-11-22 20:58:24 +0100560 * @mcast_rate: per-band multicast rate index + 1 (0: disabled)
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200561 * @bssid: The BSSID for this BSS
562 * @enable_beacon: whether beaconing should be enabled or not
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100563 * @chandef: Channel definition for this BSS -- the hardware might be
564 * configured a higher bandwidth than this BSS uses, for example.
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200565 * @mu_group: VHT MU-MIMO group membership data
Johannes Berg074d46d2012-03-15 19:45:16 +0100566 * @ht_operation_mode: HT operation mode like in &struct ieee80211_ht_operation.
Avri Altman22f66892015-08-18 16:52:07 +0300567 * This field is only valid when the channel is a wide HT/VHT channel.
568 * Note that with TDLS this can be the case (channel is HT, protection must
569 * be used from this field) even when the BSS association isn't using HT.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200570 * @cqm_rssi_thold: Connection quality monitor RSSI threshold, a zero value
Johannes Berge86abc62015-10-22 17:35:14 +0200571 * implies disabled. As with the cfg80211 callback, a change here should
572 * cause an event to be sent indicating where the current value is in
573 * relation to the newly configured threshold.
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100574 * @cqm_rssi_low: Connection quality monitor RSSI lower threshold, a zero value
575 * implies disabled. This is an alternative mechanism to the single
576 * threshold event and can't be enabled simultaneously with it.
577 * @cqm_rssi_high: Connection quality monitor RSSI upper threshold.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200578 * @cqm_rssi_hyst: Connection quality monitor RSSI hysteresis
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300579 * @arp_addr_list: List of IPv4 addresses for hardware ARP filtering. The
580 * may filter ARP queries targeted for other addresses than listed here.
581 * The driver must allow ARP queries targeted for all address listed here
582 * to pass through. An empty list implies no ARP queries need to pass.
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100583 * @arp_addr_cnt: Number of addresses currently on the list. Note that this
584 * may be larger than %IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN (the arp_addr_list
585 * array size), it's up to the driver what to do in that case.
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200586 * @qos: This is a QoS-enabled BSS.
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200587 * @idle: This interface is idle. There's also a global idle flag in the
588 * hardware config which may be more appropriate depending on what
589 * your driver/device needs to do.
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300590 * @ps: power-save mode (STA only). This flag is NOT affected by
591 * offchannel/dynamic_ps operations.
Marek Puzyniak0ca54f62013-04-10 13:19:13 +0200592 * @ssid: The SSID of the current vif. Valid in AP and IBSS mode.
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300593 * @ssid_len: Length of SSID given in @ssid.
594 * @hidden_ssid: The SSID of the current vif is hidden. Only valid in AP-mode.
Ben Greeardb6d9e92019-12-17 10:30:57 -0800595 * @txpower: TX power in dBm. INT_MIN means not configured.
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100596 * @txpower_type: TX power adjustment used to control per packet Transmit
597 * Power Control (TPC) in lower driver for the current vif. In particular
598 * TPC is enabled if value passed in %txpower_type is
599 * NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED (allow using less than specified from
600 * userspace), whereas TPC is disabled if %txpower_type is set to
601 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED (use value configured from userspace)
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100602 * @p2p_noa_attr: P2P NoA attribute for P2P powersave
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200603 * @allow_p2p_go_ps: indication for AP or P2P GO interface, whether it's allowed
604 * to use P2P PS mechanism or not. AP/P2P GO is not allowed to use P2P PS
605 * if it has associated clients without P2P PS support.
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300606 * @max_idle_period: the time period during which the station can refrain from
607 * transmitting frames to its associated AP without being disassociated.
608 * In units of 1000 TUs. Zero value indicates that the AP did not include
609 * a (valid) BSS Max Idle Period Element.
610 * @protected_keep_alive: if set, indicates that the station should send an RSN
611 * protected frame to the AP to reset the idle timer at the AP for the
612 * station.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700613 * @ftm_responder: whether to enable or disable fine timing measurement FTM
614 * responder functionality.
615 * @ftmr_params: configurable lci/civic parameter when enabling FTM responder.
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200616 * @nontransmitted: this BSS is a nontransmitted BSS profile
617 * @transmitter_bssid: the address of transmitter AP
618 * @bssid_index: index inside the multiple BSSID set
619 * @bssid_indicator: 2^bssid_indicator is the maximum number of APs in set
620 * @ema_ap: AP supports enhancements of discovery and advertisement of
621 * nontransmitted BSSIDs
622 * @profile_periodicity: the least number of beacon frames need to be received
623 * in order to discover all the nontransmitted BSSIDs in the set.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapu70debba2020-10-20 11:31:08 -0700624 * @he_oper: HE operation information of the BSS (AP/Mesh) or of the AP we are
625 * connected to (STA)
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200626 * @he_obss_pd: OBSS Packet Detection parameters.
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100627 * @he_bss_color: BSS coloring settings, if BSS supports HE
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000628 * @fils_discovery: FILS discovery configuration
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000629 * @unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval: Unsolicited broadcast probe response
630 * interval.
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700631 * @s1g: BSS is S1G BSS (affects Association Request format).
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700632 * @beacon_tx_rate: The configured beacon transmit rate that needs to be passed
633 * to driver when rate control is offloaded to firmware.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100634 */
635struct ieee80211_bss_conf {
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200636 const u8 *bssid;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300637 u8 htc_trig_based_pkt_ext;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300638 bool uora_exists;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +0300639 u8 uora_ocw_range;
640 u16 frame_time_rts_th;
641 bool he_support;
Emmanuel Grumbach55ebd6e2018-12-15 11:03:04 +0200642 bool twt_requester;
John Crispina0de1ca32019-05-28 13:49:48 +0200643 bool twt_responder;
Shaul Triebitzd46b4ab82020-03-26 15:09:33 +0200644 bool twt_protected;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100645 /* association related data */
Johannes Berg8fc214b2010-04-28 17:40:43 +0200646 bool assoc, ibss_joined;
Sujith Manoharanc13a7652012-10-12 17:35:45 +0530647 bool ibss_creator;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100648 u16 aid;
649 /* erp related data */
650 bool use_cts_prot;
651 bool use_short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen9f1ba902008-08-07 20:07:01 +0300652 bool use_short_slot;
Johannes Berg2d0ddec2009-04-23 16:13:26 +0200653 bool enable_beacon;
Emmanuel Grumbach98f7dfd2008-07-18 13:52:59 +0800654 u8 dtim_period;
Tomas Winkler21c0cbe2008-03-28 16:33:34 -0700655 u16 beacon_int;
656 u16 assoc_capability;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +0200657 u64 sync_tsf;
658 u32 sync_device_ts;
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +0100659 u8 sync_dtim_count;
Johannes Berg881d9482009-01-21 15:13:48 +0100660 u32 basic_rates;
Alexander Bondar817cee72013-05-19 14:23:57 +0300661 struct ieee80211_rate *beacon_rate;
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +0200662 int mcast_rate[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg9ed6bcc2009-05-08 20:47:39 +0200663 u16 ht_operation_mode;
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +0200664 s32 cqm_rssi_thold;
665 u32 cqm_rssi_hyst;
Andrew Zaborowski2c3c5f8c2017-02-10 04:50:22 +0100666 s32 cqm_rssi_low;
667 s32 cqm_rssi_high;
Johannes Berg4bf88532012-11-09 11:39:59 +0100668 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Sara Sharon23a1f8d2015-12-08 16:04:31 +0200669 struct ieee80211_mu_group_data mu_group;
Juuso Oikarinen68542962010-06-09 13:43:26 +0300670 __be32 arp_addr_list[IEEE80211_BSS_ARP_ADDR_LIST_LEN];
Johannes Berg0f19b412013-01-14 16:39:07 +0100671 int arp_addr_cnt;
Johannes Berg4ced3f72010-07-19 16:39:04 +0200672 bool qos;
Johannes Berg7da7cc12010-08-05 17:02:38 +0200673 bool idle;
Eliad Pellerab095872012-07-27 12:33:22 +0300674 bool ps;
Arik Nemtsov78274932011-09-04 11:11:32 +0300675 u8 ssid[IEEE80211_MAX_SSID_LEN];
676 size_t ssid_len;
677 bool hidden_ssid;
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +0200678 int txpower;
Lorenzo Bianconidb82d8a2015-01-14 12:55:08 +0100679 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting txpower_type;
Janusz Dziedzic67baf662013-03-21 15:47:56 +0100680 struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr p2p_noa_attr;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +0200681 bool allow_p2p_go_ps;
Avraham Sterne38a0172017-04-26 10:58:47 +0300682 u16 max_idle_period;
683 bool protected_keep_alive;
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -0700684 bool ftm_responder;
685 struct ieee80211_ftm_responder_params *ftmr_params;
Sara Sharon78ac51f2019-01-16 18:22:56 +0200686 /* Multiple BSSID data */
687 bool nontransmitted;
688 u8 transmitter_bssid[ETH_ALEN];
689 u8 bssid_index;
690 u8 bssid_indicator;
691 bool ema_ap;
692 u8 profile_periodicity;
Rajkumar Manoharan60689de2020-04-24 15:41:39 -0700693 struct {
694 u32 params;
695 u16 nss_set;
696 } he_oper;
John Crispin1ced1692019-07-30 18:37:01 +0200697 struct ieee80211_he_obss_pd he_obss_pd;
John Crispindd56e902019-12-17 15:19:19 +0100698 struct cfg80211_he_bss_color he_bss_color;
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +0000699 struct ieee80211_fils_discovery fils_discovery;
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +0000700 u32 unsol_bcast_probe_resp_interval;
Thomas Pedersen1d00ce82020-09-21 19:28:15 -0700701 bool s1g;
Rajkumar Manoharanba6ff702020-10-03 15:04:18 -0700702 struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask beacon_tx_rate;
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +0100703};
704
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800705/**
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200706 * enum mac80211_tx_info_flags - flags to describe transmission information/status
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800707 *
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -0700708 * These flags are used with the @flags member of &ieee80211_tx_info.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800709 *
Johannes Berg7351c6b2009-11-19 01:08:30 +0100710 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS: require TX status callback for this frame.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200711 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ: The driver has to assign a sequence
712 * number to this frame, taking care of not overwriting the fragment
713 * number and increasing the sequence number only when the
714 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT flag is set. mac80211 will properly
715 * assign sequence numbers to QoS-data frames but cannot do so correctly
716 * for non-QoS-data and management frames because beacons need them from
717 * that counter as well and mac80211 cannot guarantee proper sequencing.
718 * If this flag is set, the driver should instruct the hardware to
719 * assign a sequence number to the frame or assign one itself. Cf. IEEE
720 * 802.11-2007 7.1.3.4.1 paragraph 3. This flag will always be set for
721 * beacons and always be clear for frames without a sequence number field.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200722 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK: tell the low level not to wait for an ack
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200723 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT: clear powersave filter for destination
724 * station
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200725 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT: this is a first fragment of the frame
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200726 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM: send this frame after DTIM beacon
727 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU: this frame should be sent as part of an A-MPDU
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200728 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED: Frame was injected, internal to mac80211.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200729 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED: The frame was not transmitted
Johannes Bergab5b5342009-08-07 16:28:09 +0200730 * because the destination STA was in powersave mode. Note that to
731 * avoid race conditions, the filter must be set by the hardware or
732 * firmware upon receiving a frame that indicates that the station
733 * went to sleep (must be done on device to filter frames already on
734 * the queue) and may only be unset after mac80211 gives the OK for
735 * that by setting the IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT (see above),
736 * since only then is it guaranteed that no more frames are in the
737 * hardware queue.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200738 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK: Frame was acknowledged
739 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU: The frame was aggregated, so status
740 * is for the whole aggregation.
Ron Rindjunsky429a3802008-07-01 14:16:03 +0300741 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK: no block ack was returned,
742 * so consider using block ack request (BAR).
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200743 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE: internal to mac80211, can be
744 * set by rate control algorithms to indicate probe rate, will
745 * be cleared for fragmented frames (except on the last fragment)
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600746 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK: Internal to mac80211. Used to indicate
747 * that a frame can be transmitted while the queues are stopped for
748 * off-channel operation.
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200749 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP: This frame uses hardware encapsulation
750 * (header conversion)
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200751 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED: completely internal to mac80211,
752 * used to indicate that a frame was already retried due to PS
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200753 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT: completely internal to mac80211,
754 * used to indicate frame should not be encrypted
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100755 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER: This frame is a response to a poll
756 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD) or a non-bufferable MMPDU and must
757 * be sent although the station is in powersave mode.
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200758 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES: More frames will be passed to the
759 * transmit function after the current frame, this can be used
760 * by drivers to kick the DMA queue only if unset or when the
761 * queue gets full.
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100762 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION: This frame is being retransmitted
763 * after TX status because the destination was asleep, it must not
764 * be modified again (no seqno assignment, crypto, etc.)
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100765 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX: This frame was transmitted by the MLME
766 * code for connection establishment, this indicates that its status
767 * should kick the MLME state machine.
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200768 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX: Frame was requested through nl80211
769 * MLME command (internal to mac80211 to figure out whether to send TX
770 * status to user space)
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400771 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC: tells the driver to use LDPC for this frame
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200772 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC: Enables Space-Time Block Coding (STBC) for this
773 * frame and selects the maximum number of streams that it can use.
Johannes Berg610dbc92011-01-06 22:36:44 +0100774 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN: Marks this packet to be transmitted on
775 * the off-channel channel when a remain-on-channel offload is done
776 * in hardware -- normal packets still flow and are expected to be
777 * handled properly by the device.
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200778 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE: Marks this packet to be used for TKIP
779 * testing. It will be sent out with incorrect Michael MIC key to allow
780 * TKIP countermeasures to be tested.
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530781 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE: This frame will be sent at non CCK rate.
782 * This flag is actually used for management frame especially for P2P
783 * frames not being sent at CCK rate in 2GHz band.
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200784 * @IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP: This packet marks the end of service period,
785 * when its status is reported the service period ends. For frames in
786 * an SP that mac80211 transmits, it is already set; for driver frames
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +0200787 * the driver may set this flag. It is also used to do the same for
788 * PS-Poll responses.
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530789 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE: This frame will be sent at lowest rate.
790 * This flag is used to send nullfunc frame at minimum rate when
791 * the nullfunc is used for connection monitoring purpose.
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200792 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG: Don't fragment this packet even if it
793 * would be fragmented by size (this is optional, only used for
794 * monitor injection).
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530795 * @IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED: A frame that was marked with
796 * IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK has been successfully transmitted without
797 * any errors (like issues specific to the driver/HW).
798 * This flag must not be set for frames that don't request no-ack
799 * behaviour with IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK.
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200800 *
801 * Note: If you have to add new flags to the enumeration, then don't
802 * forget to update %IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS when necessary.
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800803 */
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200804enum mac80211_tx_info_flags {
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200805 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS = BIT(0),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200806 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_ASSIGN_SEQ = BIT(1),
807 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK = BIT(2),
808 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT = BIT(3),
809 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT = BIT(4),
810 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM = BIT(5),
811 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU = BIT(6),
812 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_INJECTED = BIT(7),
813 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED = BIT(8),
814 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK = BIT(9),
815 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU = BIT(10),
816 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK = BIT(11),
817 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE = BIT(12),
Seth Forshee6c17b772013-02-11 11:21:07 -0600818 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_OFFCHAN_TX_OK = BIT(13),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200819 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_HW_80211_ENCAP = BIT(14),
Johannes Berg8f77f382009-06-07 21:58:37 +0200820 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRIED = BIT(15),
Johannes Berg3b8d81e02009-06-17 17:43:56 +0200821 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_DONT_ENCRYPT = BIT(16),
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100822 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER = BIT(17),
Johannes Bergad5351d2009-08-07 16:42:15 +0200823 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES = BIT(18),
Johannes Bergc6fcf6b2010-01-17 01:47:59 +0100824 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_RETRANSMISSION = BIT(19),
Johannes Berg1672c0e32013-01-29 15:02:27 +0100825 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_MLME_CONN_TX = BIT(20),
Jouni Malinen026331c2010-02-15 12:53:10 +0200826 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_NL80211_FRAME_TX = BIT(21),
Luis R. Rodriguez0a56bd02010-04-15 17:39:37 -0400827 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC = BIT(22),
Felix Fietkauf79d9ba2010-04-19 19:57:35 +0200828 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC = BIT(23) | BIT(24),
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +0100829 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN = BIT(25),
Jouni Malinen681d1192011-02-03 18:35:19 +0200830 IEEE80211_TX_INTFL_TKIP_MIC_FAILURE = BIT(26),
Rajkumar Manoharanaad14ce2011-09-25 14:53:31 +0530831 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_CCK_RATE = BIT(27),
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200832 IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP = BIT(28),
Rajkumar Manoharanb6f35302011-09-29 20:34:04 +0530833 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_USE_MINRATE = BIT(29),
Johannes Berga26eb272011-10-07 14:01:25 +0200834 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_DONTFRAG = BIT(30),
Sujith Manoharan5cf16612014-12-10 21:26:11 +0530835 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_NOACK_TRANSMITTED = BIT(31),
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200836};
837
Johannes Bergabe37c42010-06-07 11:12:27 +0200838#define IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC_SHIFT 23
839
Thomas Pedersen1821f8b2020-09-21 19:28:12 -0700840#define IEEE80211_TX_RC_S1G_MCS IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS
841
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200842/**
843 * enum mac80211_tx_control_flags - flags to describe transmit control
844 *
845 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO: this frame is a port control
846 * protocol frame (e.g. EAP)
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530847 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE: This frame is a response to a poll
848 * frame (PS-Poll or uAPSD).
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100849 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT: This frame is injected with rate information
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100850 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU: This frame is an A-MSDU frame
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200851 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT: This frame is going through the fast_xmit path
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700852 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP: This frame skips mesh path lookup
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200853 * @IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING: completely internal to mac80211,
854 * used to indicate that a pending frame requires TX processing before
855 * it can be sent out.
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400856 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO: Do not overwrite the sequence number that
857 * has already been assigned to this frame.
Mathy Vanhoef30df8132020-11-04 10:18:19 +0400858 * @IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER: This frame should not be reordered
859 * relative to other frames that have this flag set, independent
860 * of their QoS TID or other priority field values.
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200861 *
862 * These flags are used in tx_info->control.flags.
863 */
864enum mac80211_tx_control_flags {
865 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PORT_CTRL_PROTO = BIT(0),
Sujith Manoharan6b127c72014-12-10 21:26:10 +0530866 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_PS_RESPONSE = BIT(1),
Sven Eckelmanndfdfc2b2016-01-26 17:11:13 +0100867 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_RATE_INJECT = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +0100868 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_AMSDU = BIT(3),
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenbb42f2d2016-09-22 19:04:20 +0200869 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_FAST_XMIT = BIT(4),
Rajkumar Manoharan8828f812019-04-11 13:47:26 -0700870 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_SKIP_MPATH_LOOKUP = BIT(5),
Felix Fietkaucc20ff22020-09-08 14:36:57 +0200871 IEEE80211_TX_INTCFL_NEED_TXPROCESSING = BIT(6),
Mathy Vanhoefe02281e2020-07-23 14:01:49 +0400872 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_NO_SEQNO = BIT(7),
Mathy Vanhoef30df8132020-11-04 10:18:19 +0400873 IEEE80211_TX_CTRL_DONT_REORDER = BIT(8),
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +0200874};
875
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200876/*
877 * This definition is used as a mask to clear all temporary flags, which are
878 * set by the tx handlers for each transmission attempt by the mac80211 stack.
879 */
880#define IEEE80211_TX_TEMPORARY_FLAGS (IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_ACK | \
881 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_CLEAR_PS_FILT | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_FIRST_FRAGMENT | \
882 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_SEND_AFTER_DTIM | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_AMPDU | \
883 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_ACK | \
884 IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU | IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU_NO_BACK | \
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +0100885 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_RATE_CTRL_PROBE | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER | \
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200886 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_MORE_FRAMES | IEEE80211_TX_CTL_LDPC | \
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +0200887 IEEE80211_TX_CTL_STBC | IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
Christian Lampartereb7d3062010-09-21 21:36:18 +0200888
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530889/**
890 * enum mac80211_rate_control_flags - per-rate flags set by the
891 * Rate Control algorithm.
892 *
893 * These flags are set by the Rate control algorithm for each rate during tx,
894 * in the @flags member of struct ieee80211_tx_rate.
895 *
896 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS: Use RTS/CTS exchange for this rate.
897 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT: CTS-to-self protection is required.
898 * This is set if the current BSS requires ERP protection.
899 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE: Use short preamble.
900 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS: HT rate.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100901 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS: VHT MCS rate, in this case the idx field is split
902 * into a higher 4 bits (Nss) and lower 4 bits (MCS number)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530903 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD: Indicates whether this rate should be used in
904 * Greenfield mode.
905 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates if the Channel Width should be 40 MHz.
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100906 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 80 MHz transmission
907 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH: Indicates 160 MHz transmission
908 * (80+80 isn't supported yet)
Sujith2134e7e2009-01-22 09:00:52 +0530909 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA: The frame should be transmitted on both of the
910 * adjacent 20 MHz channels, if the current channel type is
911 * NL80211_CHAN_HT40MINUS or NL80211_CHAN_HT40PLUS.
912 * @IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI: Short Guard interval should be used for this rate.
913 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200914enum mac80211_rate_control_flags {
915 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_RTS_CTS = BIT(0),
916 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_CTS_PROTECT = BIT(1),
917 IEEE80211_TX_RC_USE_SHORT_PREAMBLE = BIT(2),
918
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100919 /* rate index is an HT/VHT MCS instead of an index */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200920 IEEE80211_TX_RC_MCS = BIT(3),
921 IEEE80211_TX_RC_GREEN_FIELD = BIT(4),
922 IEEE80211_TX_RC_40_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(5),
923 IEEE80211_TX_RC_DUP_DATA = BIT(6),
924 IEEE80211_TX_RC_SHORT_GI = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100925 IEEE80211_TX_RC_VHT_MCS = BIT(8),
926 IEEE80211_TX_RC_80_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(9),
927 IEEE80211_TX_RC_160_MHZ_WIDTH = BIT(10),
Ron Rindjunsky11f4b1c2008-03-04 18:09:26 -0800928};
929
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200930
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200931/* there are 40 bytes if you don't need the rateset to be kept */
932#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 40
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +0200933
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200934/* if you do need the rateset, then you have less space */
935#define IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE 24
936
937/* maximum number of rate stages */
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +0200938#define IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES 4
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200939
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +0200940/* maximum number of rate table entries */
941#define IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE 4
942
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200943/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200944 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate - rate selection/status
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200945 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200946 * @idx: rate index to attempt to send with
947 * @flags: rate control flags (&enum mac80211_rate_control_flags)
Johannes Berge25cf4a2008-10-23 08:51:20 +0200948 * @count: number of tries in this rate before going to the next rate
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200949 *
950 * A value of -1 for @idx indicates an invalid rate and, if used
951 * in an array of retry rates, that no more rates should be tried.
952 *
953 * When used for transmit status reporting, the driver should
954 * always report the rate along with the flags it used.
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200955 *
956 * &struct ieee80211_tx_info contains an array of these structs
957 * in the control information, and it will be filled by the rate
958 * control algorithm according to what should be sent. For example,
959 * if this array contains, in the format { <idx>, <count> } the
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300960 * information::
961 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200962 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 4 }, { -1, 0 }, { -1, 0 }
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300963 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200964 * then this means that the frame should be transmitted
965 * up to twice at rate 3, up to twice at rate 2, and up to four
966 * times at rate 1 if it doesn't get acknowledged. Say it gets
967 * acknowledged by the peer after the fifth attempt, the status
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300968 * information should then contain::
969 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200970 * { 3, 2 }, { 2, 2 }, { 1, 1 }, { -1, 0 } ...
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +0300971 *
Johannes Bergc555b9b2009-08-07 16:23:43 +0200972 * since it was transmitted twice at rate 3, twice at rate 2
973 * and once at rate 1 after which we received an acknowledgement.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200974 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +0200975struct ieee80211_tx_rate {
976 s8 idx;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100977 u16 count:5,
978 flags:11;
Gustavo F. Padovan3f30fc12010-07-21 10:59:58 +0000979} __packed;
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +0200980
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100981#define IEEE80211_MAX_TX_RETRY 31
982
983static inline void ieee80211_rate_set_vht(struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate,
984 u8 mcs, u8 nss)
985{
986 WARN_ON(mcs & ~0xF);
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +0200987 WARN_ON((nss - 1) & ~0x7);
988 rate->idx = ((nss - 1) << 4) | mcs;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +0100989}
990
991static inline u8
992ieee80211_rate_get_vht_mcs(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
993{
994 return rate->idx & 0xF;
995}
996
997static inline u8
998ieee80211_rate_get_vht_nss(const struct ieee80211_tx_rate *rate)
999{
Karl Beldan6bc83122013-04-15 17:09:29 +02001000 return (rate->idx >> 4) + 1;
Johannes Berg8bc83c22012-11-09 18:38:32 +01001001}
1002
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001003/**
1004 * struct ieee80211_tx_info - skb transmit information
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001005 *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001006 * This structure is placed in skb->cb for three uses:
1007 * (1) mac80211 TX control - mac80211 tells the driver what to do
1008 * (2) driver internal use (if applicable)
1009 * (3) TX status information - driver tells mac80211 what happened
1010 *
1011 * @flags: transmit info flags, defined above
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001012 * @band: the band to transmit on (use for checking for races)
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001013 * @hw_queue: HW queue to put the frame on, skb_get_queue_mapping() gives the AC
Johannes Berga729cff2011-11-06 14:13:34 +01001014 * @ack_frame_id: internal frame ID for TX status, used internally
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen6912dae2019-10-23 11:59:00 +02001015 * @tx_time_est: TX time estimate in units of 4us, used internally
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001016 * @control: union part for control data
1017 * @control.rates: TX rates array to try
1018 * @control.rts_cts_rate_idx: rate for RTS or CTS
1019 * @control.use_rts: use RTS
1020 * @control.use_cts_prot: use RTS/CTS
1021 * @control.short_preamble: use short preamble (CCK only)
1022 * @control.skip_table: skip externally configured rate table
1023 * @control.jiffies: timestamp for expiry on powersave clients
1024 * @control.vif: virtual interface (may be NULL)
1025 * @control.hw_key: key to encrypt with (may be NULL)
1026 * @control.flags: control flags, see &enum mac80211_tx_control_flags
1027 * @control.enqueue_time: enqueue time (for iTXQs)
1028 * @driver_rates: alias to @control.rates to reserve space
1029 * @pad: padding
1030 * @rate_driver_data: driver use area if driver needs @control.rates
1031 * @status: union part for status data
1032 * @status.rates: attempted rates
1033 * @status.ack_signal: ACK signal
1034 * @status.ampdu_ack_len: AMPDU ack length
1035 * @status.ampdu_len: AMPDU length
1036 * @status.antenna: (legacy, kept only for iwlegacy)
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02001037 * @status.tx_time: airtime consumed for transmission; note this is only
1038 * used for WMM AC, not for airtime fairness
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001039 * @status.is_valid_ack_signal: ACK signal is valid
1040 * @status.status_driver_data: driver use area
1041 * @ack: union part for pure ACK data
1042 * @ack.cookie: cookie for the ACK
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07001043 * @driver_data: array of driver_data pointers
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001044 * @ampdu_ack_len: number of acked aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001045 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001046 * @ampdu_len: number of aggregated frames.
Daniel Halperin93d95b12010-04-18 09:28:18 -07001047 * relevant only if IEEE80211_TX_STAT_AMPDU was set.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001048 * @ack_signal: signal strength of the ACK frame
Ivo van Doorn1c014422008-04-17 19:41:02 +02001049 */
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001050struct ieee80211_tx_info {
1051 /* common information */
1052 u32 flags;
Johannes Bergf2b18ba2020-01-15 12:25:50 +01001053 u32 band:3,
1054 ack_frame_id:13,
1055 hw_queue:4,
1056 tx_time_est:10;
1057 /* 2 free bits */
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001058
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001059 union {
1060 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001061 union {
1062 /* rate control */
1063 struct {
1064 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[
1065 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
1066 s8 rts_cts_rate_idx;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001067 u8 use_rts:1;
1068 u8 use_cts_prot:1;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001069 u8 short_preamble:1;
1070 u8 skip_table:1;
Felix Fietkau991fec02013-04-16 13:38:43 +02001071 /* 2 bytes free */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001072 };
1073 /* only needed before rate control */
1074 unsigned long jiffies;
1075 };
Johannes Berg25d834e2008-09-12 22:52:47 +02001076 /* NB: vif can be NULL for injected frames */
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001077 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001078 struct ieee80211_key_conf *hw_key;
Johannes Bergaf61a162013-07-02 18:09:12 +02001079 u32 flags;
Johannes Berg53168212017-06-22 12:20:30 +02001080 codel_time_t enqueue_time;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001081 } control;
1082 struct {
Johannes Berg3b79af92015-06-01 23:14:59 +02001083 u64 cookie;
1084 } ack;
1085 struct {
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001086 struct ieee80211_tx_rate rates[IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Eliad Pellera0f995a2014-03-13 14:30:47 +02001087 s32 ack_signal;
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001088 u8 ampdu_ack_len;
Felix Fietkau599bf6a2009-11-15 23:07:30 +01001089 u8 ampdu_len;
Johannes Bergd748b462012-03-28 11:04:23 +02001090 u8 antenna;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001091 u16 tx_time;
Venkateswara Naralasettya78b26f2018-02-13 11:04:46 +05301092 bool is_valid_ack_signal;
Johannes Berg02219b32014-10-07 10:38:50 +03001093 void *status_driver_data[19 / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001094 } status;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001095 struct {
1096 struct ieee80211_tx_rate driver_rates[
1097 IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES];
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001098 u8 pad[4];
1099
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001100 void *rate_driver_data[
1101 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_RATE_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
1102 };
1103 void *driver_data[
1104 IEEE80211_TX_INFO_DRIVER_DATA_SIZE / sizeof(void *)];
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001105 };
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001106};
1107
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen7a892332019-11-18 22:06:10 -08001108static inline u16
1109ieee80211_info_set_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info, u16 tx_time_est)
1110{
1111 /* We only have 10 bits in tx_time_est, so store airtime
1112 * in increments of 4us and clamp the maximum to 2**12-1
1113 */
1114 info->tx_time_est = min_t(u16, tx_time_est, 4095) >> 2;
1115 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1116}
1117
1118static inline u16
1119ieee80211_info_get_tx_time_est(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1120{
1121 return info->tx_time_est << 2;
1122}
1123
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03001124/**
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001125 * struct ieee80211_tx_status - extended tx status info for rate control
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001126 *
1127 * @sta: Station that the packet was transmitted for
1128 * @info: Basic tx status information
1129 * @skb: Packet skb (can be NULL if not provided by the driver)
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001130 * @rate: The TX rate that was used when sending the packet
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001131 * @free_list: list where processed skbs are stored to be free'd by the driver
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001132 */
1133struct ieee80211_tx_status {
1134 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
1135 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info;
1136 struct sk_buff *skb;
John Crispincbe77dd2019-07-14 17:44:14 +02001137 struct rate_info *rate;
Felix Fietkauf02dff92020-09-08 14:37:00 +02001138 struct list_head *free_list;
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02001139};
1140
1141/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001142 * struct ieee80211_scan_ies - descriptors for different blocks of IEs
1143 *
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02001144 * This structure is used to point to different blocks of IEs in HW scan
1145 * and scheduled scan. These blocks contain the IEs passed by userspace
1146 * and the ones generated by mac80211.
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001147 *
1148 * @ies: pointers to band specific IEs.
1149 * @len: lengths of band_specific IEs.
1150 * @common_ies: IEs for all bands (especially vendor specific ones)
1151 * @common_ie_len: length of the common_ies
1152 */
1153struct ieee80211_scan_ies {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02001154 const u8 *ies[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
1155 size_t len[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02001156 const u8 *common_ies;
1157 size_t common_ie_len;
1158};
1159
1160
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02001161static inline struct ieee80211_tx_info *IEEE80211_SKB_CB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1162{
1163 return (struct ieee80211_tx_info *)skb->cb;
1164}
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001165
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001166static inline struct ieee80211_rx_status *IEEE80211_SKB_RXCB(struct sk_buff *skb)
1167{
1168 return (struct ieee80211_rx_status *)skb->cb;
1169}
1170
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001171/**
1172 * ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status - clear TX status
1173 *
1174 * @info: The &struct ieee80211_tx_info to be cleared.
1175 *
1176 * When the driver passes an skb back to mac80211, it must report
1177 * a number of things in TX status. This function clears everything
1178 * in the TX status but the rate control information (it does clear
1179 * the count since you need to fill that in anyway).
1180 *
1181 * NOTE: You can only use this function if you do NOT use
1182 * info->driver_data! Use info->rate_driver_data
1183 * instead if you need only the less space that allows.
1184 */
1185static inline void
1186ieee80211_tx_info_clear_status(struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
1187{
1188 int i;
1189
1190 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1191 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, control.rates));
1192 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) !=
1193 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, driver_rates));
1194 BUILD_BUG_ON(offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.rates) != 8);
1195 /* clear the rate counts */
1196 for (i = 0; i < IEEE80211_TX_MAX_RATES; i++)
1197 info->status.rates[i].count = 0;
1198
1199 BUILD_BUG_ON(
Thomas Huehne3e1a0b2012-07-02 19:46:16 +02001200 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ack_signal) != 20);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02001201 memset(&info->status.ampdu_ack_len, 0,
1202 sizeof(struct ieee80211_tx_info) -
1203 offsetof(struct ieee80211_tx_info, status.ampdu_ack_len));
1204}
1205
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001206
1207/**
1208 * enum mac80211_rx_flags - receive flags
1209 *
1210 * These flags are used with the @flag member of &struct ieee80211_rx_status.
1211 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR: Michael MIC error was reported on this frame.
1212 * Use together with %RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED.
1213 * @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED: This frame was decrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001214 * @RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED: the Michael MIC is stripped off this frame,
1215 * verification has been done by the hardware.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001216 * @RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED: The IV and ICV are stripped from this frame.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001217 * If this flag is set, the stack cannot do any replay detection
1218 * hence the driver or hardware will have to do that.
Johannes Berg981d94a2015-06-12 14:39:02 +02001219 * @RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED: Currently only valid for CCMP/GCMP frames, this
1220 * flag indicates that the PN was verified for replay protection.
1221 * Note that this flag is also currently only supported when a frame
1222 * is also decrypted (ie. @RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED must be set)
Luis de Bethencourt84ea3a182016-03-18 16:09:29 +00001223 * @RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED: The driver should set this flag if it did
1224 * de-duplication by itself.
Johannes Berg72abd812007-09-17 01:29:22 -04001225 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC: Set this flag if the FCS check failed on
1226 * the frame.
1227 * @RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC: Set this flag if the PCLP check failed on
1228 * the frame.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001229 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
Johannes Berg6ebacbb2011-02-23 15:06:08 +01001230 * field) is valid and contains the time the first symbol of the MPDU
1231 * was received. This is useful in monitor mode and for proper IBSS
1232 * merging.
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001233 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1234 * field) is valid and contains the time the last symbol of the MPDU
1235 * (including FCS) was received.
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001236 * @RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START: The timestamp passed in the RX status (@mactime
1237 * field) is valid and contains the time the SYNC preamble was received.
Felix Fietkaufe8431f2012-03-01 18:00:07 +01001238 * @RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL: The signal strength value is not present.
1239 * Valid only for data frames (mainly A-MPDU)
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001240 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS: A-MPDU details are known, in particular the reference
1241 * number (@ampdu_reference) must be populated and be a distinct number for
1242 * each A-MPDU
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001243 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN: last subframe is known, should be set on all
1244 * subframes of a single A-MPDU
1245 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST: this subframe is the last subframe of the A-MPDU
1246 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR: A delimiter CRC error has been detected
1247 * on this subframe
1248 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN: The delimiter CRC field is known (the CRC
1249 * is stored in the @ampdu_delimiter_crc field)
Sara Sharonf980ebc2016-02-24 11:49:45 +02001250 * @RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED: The mic was stripped of this packet. Decryption was
1251 * done by the hardware
Grzegorz Bajorski17883042015-12-11 14:39:46 +01001252 * @RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR: Report frame only to monitor interfaces without
1253 * processing it in any regular way.
1254 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1255 * them for sniffing purposes.
1256 * @RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR: Process and report frame to all interfaces except
1257 * monitor interfaces.
1258 * This is useful if drivers offload some frames but still want to report
1259 * them for sniffing purposes.
Michal Kazior0cfcefe2013-09-23 15:34:38 +02001260 * @RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE: Some drivers may prefer to report separate A-MSDU
1261 * subframes instead of a one huge frame for performance reasons.
1262 * All, but the last MSDU from an A-MSDU should have this flag set. E.g.
1263 * if an A-MSDU has 3 frames, the first 2 must have the flag set, while
1264 * the 3rd (last) one must not have this flag set. The flag is used to
1265 * deal with retransmission/duplication recovery properly since A-MSDU
1266 * subframes share the same sequence number. Reported subframes can be
1267 * either regular MSDU or singly A-MSDUs. Subframes must not be
1268 * interleaved with other frames.
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001269 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA: This frame contains vendor-specific
1270 * radiotap data in the skb->data (before the frame) as described by
1271 * the &struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap.
Sara Sharonf631a772016-05-03 15:59:44 +03001272 * @RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN: Allow the same PN as same packet before.
1273 * This is used for AMSDU subframes which can have the same PN as
1274 * the first subframe.
David Spinadelcef0acd2016-11-21 16:58:40 +02001275 * @RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED: The ICV is stripped from this frame. CRC checking must
1276 * be done in the hardware.
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001277 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT: Value of the EOF bit in the A-MPDU delimiter for this
1278 * frame
1279 * @RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN: The EOF value is known
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001280 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE: HE radiotap data is present
1281 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he, mac80211 will fill in
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001282 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001283 * - DATA3_DATA_MCS
1284 * - DATA3_DATA_DCM
1285 * - DATA3_CODING
1286 * - DATA5_GI
1287 * - DATA5_DATA_BW_RU_ALLOC
1288 * - DATA6_NSTS
1289 * - DATA3_STBC
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001290 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001291 * from the RX info data, so leave those zeroed when building this data)
1292 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU: HE MU radiotap data is present
1293 * (&struct ieee80211_radiotap_he_mu)
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001294 * @RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG: L-SIG radiotap data is present
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001295 * @RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU: use the frame only for radiotap reporting, with
1296 * the "0-length PSDU" field included there. The value for it is
1297 * in &struct ieee80211_rx_status. Note that if this value isn't
1298 * known the frame shouldn't be reported.
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001299 * @RX_FLAG_8023: the frame has an 802.3 header (decap offload performed by
1300 * hardware or driver)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001301 */
1302enum mac80211_rx_flags {
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001303 RX_FLAG_MMIC_ERROR = BIT(0),
1304 RX_FLAG_DECRYPTED = BIT(1),
Johannes Bergf4a0f0c2016-01-25 15:46:34 +02001305 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_PLCP_START = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001306 RX_FLAG_MMIC_STRIPPED = BIT(3),
1307 RX_FLAG_IV_STRIPPED = BIT(4),
1308 RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC = BIT(5),
1309 RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC = BIT(6),
Thomas Pedersenf4bda332012-11-13 10:46:27 -08001310 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_START = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001311 RX_FLAG_NO_SIGNAL_VAL = BIT(8),
1312 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DETAILS = BIT(9),
1313 RX_FLAG_PN_VALIDATED = BIT(10),
1314 RX_FLAG_DUP_VALIDATED = BIT(11),
1315 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_LAST_KNOWN = BIT(12),
1316 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_IS_LAST = BIT(13),
1317 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_ERROR = BIT(14),
1318 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_DELIM_CRC_KNOWN = BIT(15),
1319 RX_FLAG_MACTIME_END = BIT(16),
1320 RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR = BIT(17),
1321 RX_FLAG_SKIP_MONITOR = BIT(18),
1322 RX_FLAG_AMSDU_MORE = BIT(19),
1323 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_VENDOR_DATA = BIT(20),
1324 RX_FLAG_MIC_STRIPPED = BIT(21),
1325 RX_FLAG_ALLOW_SAME_PN = BIT(22),
1326 RX_FLAG_ICV_STRIPPED = BIT(23),
Johannes Berg7299d6f2018-02-19 14:48:39 +02001327 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT = BIT(24),
1328 RX_FLAG_AMPDU_EOF_BIT_KNOWN = BIT(25),
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001329 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE = BIT(26),
1330 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_HE_MU = BIT(27),
Shaul Triebitzd1332e72018-08-31 11:31:20 +03001331 RX_FLAG_RADIOTAP_LSIG = BIT(28),
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001332 RX_FLAG_NO_PSDU = BIT(29),
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001333 RX_FLAG_8023 = BIT(30),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001334};
1335
1336/**
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001337 * enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags - MCS & bandwidth flags
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001338 *
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001339 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE: Short preamble was used for this frame
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001340 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI: Short guard interval was used
1341 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF: This frame was received in a HT-greenfield transmission,
1342 * if the driver fills this value it should add
1343 * %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_FMT
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01001344 * to @hw.radiotap_mcs_details to advertise that fact.
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001345 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC: LDPC was used
1346 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK: STBC 2 bit bitmask. 1 - Nss=1, 2 - Nss=2, 3 - Nss=3
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001347 * @RX_ENC_FLAG_BF: packet was beamformed
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001348 */
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001349enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags {
1350 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORTPRE = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001351 RX_ENC_FLAG_SHORT_GI = BIT(2),
1352 RX_ENC_FLAG_HT_GF = BIT(3),
1353 RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_MASK = BIT(4) | BIT(5),
1354 RX_ENC_FLAG_LDPC = BIT(6),
1355 RX_ENC_FLAG_BF = BIT(7),
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001356};
1357
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001358#define RX_ENC_FLAG_STBC_SHIFT 4
1359
1360enum mac80211_rx_encoding {
1361 RX_ENC_LEGACY = 0,
1362 RX_ENC_HT,
1363 RX_ENC_VHT,
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001364 RX_ENC_HE,
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001365};
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001366
Emmanuel Grumbach1b8d2422014-02-05 16:37:11 +02001367/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001368 * struct ieee80211_rx_status - receive status
1369 *
1370 * The low-level driver should provide this information (the subset
1371 * supported by hardware) to the 802.11 code with each received
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02001372 * frame, in the skb's control buffer (cb).
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001373 *
Bruno Randolfc132bec2008-02-18 11:20:51 +09001374 * @mactime: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization Function
1375 * (TSF) timer when the first data symbol (MPDU) arrived at the hardware.
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001376 * @boottime_ns: CLOCK_BOOTTIME timestamp the frame was received at, this is
1377 * needed only for beacons and probe responses that update the scan cache.
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001378 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, mac80211 doesn't use
1379 * it but can store it and pass it back to the driver for synchronisation
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01001380 * @band: the active band when this frame was received
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001381 * @freq: frequency the radio was tuned to when receiving this frame, in MHz
Johannes Berg4352a4d2015-12-08 16:04:35 +02001382 * This field must be set for management frames, but isn't strictly needed
1383 * for data (other) frames - for those it only affects radiotap reporting.
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001384 * @freq_offset: @freq has a positive offset of 500Khz.
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02001385 * @signal: signal strength when receiving this frame, either in dBm, in dB or
1386 * unspecified depending on the hardware capabilities flags
1387 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_*
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001388 * @chains: bitmask of receive chains for which separate signal strength
1389 * values were filled.
1390 * @chain_signal: per-chain signal strength, in dBm (unlike @signal, doesn't
1391 * support dB or unspecified units)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001392 * @antenna: antenna used
Jouni Malinen0fb8ca42008-12-12 14:38:33 +02001393 * @rate_idx: index of data rate into band's supported rates or MCS index if
Johannes Berg56146182012-11-09 15:07:02 +01001394 * HT or VHT is used (%RX_FLAG_HT/%RX_FLAG_VHT)
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001395 * @nss: number of streams (VHT and HE only)
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001396 * @flag: %RX_FLAG_\*
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001397 * @encoding: &enum mac80211_rx_encoding
1398 * @bw: &enum rate_info_bw
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001399 * @enc_flags: uses bits from &enum mac80211_rx_encoding_flags
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001400 * @he_ru: HE RU, from &enum nl80211_he_ru_alloc
1401 * @he_gi: HE GI, from &enum nl80211_he_gi
1402 * @he_dcm: HE DCM value
Johannes Berg554891e2010-09-24 12:38:25 +02001403 * @rx_flags: internal RX flags for mac80211
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001404 * @ampdu_reference: A-MPDU reference number, must be a different value for
1405 * each A-MPDU but the same for each subframe within one A-MPDU
1406 * @ampdu_delimiter_crc: A-MPDU delimiter CRC
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001407 * @zero_length_psdu_type: radiotap type of the 0-length PSDU
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001408 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001409struct ieee80211_rx_status {
1410 u64 mactime;
Johannes Berg162dd6a2016-02-23 23:05:06 +02001411 u64 boottime_ns;
Johannes Berg8c358bc2012-05-22 22:13:05 +02001412 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001413 u32 ampdu_reference;
Johannes Berg7fdd69c2017-04-26 11:13:00 +02001414 u32 flag;
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001415 u16 freq: 13, freq_offset: 1;
Johannes Bergda6a4352017-04-26 12:14:59 +02001416 u8 enc_flags;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03001417 u8 encoding:2, bw:3, he_ru:3;
1418 u8 he_gi:2, he_dcm:1;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001419 u8 rate_idx;
Johannes Berg8613c942017-04-26 13:51:41 +02001420 u8 nss;
Johannes Berg30f42292012-07-05 13:14:18 +02001421 u8 rx_flags;
1422 u8 band;
1423 u8 antenna;
1424 s8 signal;
Felix Fietkauef0621e2013-04-22 16:29:31 +02001425 u8 chains;
1426 s8 chain_signal[IEEE80211_MAX_CHAINS];
Johannes Berg4c298672012-07-05 11:34:31 +02001427 u8 ampdu_delimiter_crc;
Shaul Triebitzc3d1f872018-09-05 08:06:06 +03001428 u8 zero_length_psdu_type;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001429};
1430
Thomas Pedersen3b23c1842020-04-01 18:18:05 -07001431static inline u32
1432ieee80211_rx_status_to_khz(struct ieee80211_rx_status *rx_status)
1433{
1434 return MHZ_TO_KHZ(rx_status->freq) +
1435 (rx_status->freq_offset ? 500 : 0);
1436}
1437
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001438/**
Johannes Berg1f7bba72014-11-06 22:56:36 +01001439 * struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap - vendor radiotap data information
1440 * @present: presence bitmap for this vendor namespace
1441 * (this could be extended in the future if any vendor needs more
1442 * bits, the radiotap spec does allow for that)
1443 * @align: radiotap vendor namespace alignment. This defines the needed
1444 * alignment for the @data field below, not for the vendor namespace
1445 * description itself (which has a fixed 2-byte alignment)
1446 * Must be a power of two, and be set to at least 1!
1447 * @oui: radiotap vendor namespace OUI
1448 * @subns: radiotap vendor sub namespace
1449 * @len: radiotap vendor sub namespace skip length, if alignment is done
1450 * then that's added to this, i.e. this is only the length of the
1451 * @data field.
1452 * @pad: number of bytes of padding after the @data, this exists so that
1453 * the skb data alignment can be preserved even if the data has odd
1454 * length
1455 * @data: the actual vendor namespace data
1456 *
1457 * This struct, including the vendor data, goes into the skb->data before
1458 * the 802.11 header. It's split up in mac80211 using the align/oui/subns
1459 * data.
1460 */
1461struct ieee80211_vendor_radiotap {
1462 u32 present;
1463 u8 align;
1464 u8 oui[3];
1465 u8 subns;
1466 u8 pad;
1467 u16 len;
1468 u8 data[];
1469} __packed;
1470
1471/**
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001472 * enum ieee80211_conf_flags - configuration flags
1473 *
1474 * Flags to define PHY configuration options
1475 *
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001476 * @IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR: there's a monitor interface present -- use this
1477 * to determine for example whether to calculate timestamps for packets
1478 * or not, do not use instead of filter flags!
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02001479 * @IEEE80211_CONF_PS: Enable 802.11 power save mode (managed mode only).
1480 * This is the power save mode defined by IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2,
1481 * meaning that the hardware still wakes up for beacons, is able to
1482 * transmit frames and receive the possible acknowledgment frames.
1483 * Not to be confused with hardware specific wakeup/sleep states,
1484 * driver is responsible for that. See the section "Powersave support"
1485 * for more.
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001486 * @IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE: The device is running, but idle; if the flag is set
1487 * the driver should be prepared to handle configuration requests but
1488 * may turn the device off as much as possible. Typically, this flag will
1489 * be set when an interface is set UP but not associated or scanning, but
1490 * it can also be unset in that case when monitor interfaces are active.
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001491 * @IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL: The device is currently not on its main
1492 * operating channel.
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001493 */
1494enum ieee80211_conf_flags {
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001495 IEEE80211_CONF_MONITOR = (1<<0),
Johannes Bergae5eb022008-10-14 16:58:37 +02001496 IEEE80211_CONF_PS = (1<<1),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001497 IEEE80211_CONF_IDLE = (1<<2),
Felix Fietkau45521242010-07-28 02:40:49 +02001498 IEEE80211_CONF_OFFCHANNEL = (1<<3),
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001499};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001500
Johannes Berg7a5158e2008-10-08 10:59:33 +02001501
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001502/**
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001503 * enum ieee80211_conf_changed - denotes which configuration changed
1504 *
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001505 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL: the listen interval changed
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001506 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR: the monitor flag changed
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001507 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS: the PS flag or dynamic PS timeout changed
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001508 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER: the TX power changed
Johannes Berg47979382009-01-07 10:13:27 +01001509 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL: the channel/channel_type changed
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001510 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS: retry limits changed
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001511 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE: Idle flag changed
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001512 * @IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS: Spatial multiplexing powersave mode changed
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001513 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1514 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001515 */
1516enum ieee80211_conf_changed {
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001517 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_SMPS = BIT(1),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001518 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_LISTEN_INTERVAL = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0869aea02009-10-28 10:03:35 +01001519 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_MONITOR = BIT(3),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001520 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_PS = BIT(4),
Johannes Berge255d5e2009-04-22 12:40:07 +02001521 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_POWER = BIT(5),
1522 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_CHANNEL = BIT(6),
1523 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_RETRY_LIMITS = BIT(7),
Johannes Berg5cff20e2009-04-29 12:26:17 +02001524 IEEE80211_CONF_CHANGE_IDLE = BIT(8),
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001525};
1526
1527/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001528 * enum ieee80211_smps_mode - spatial multiplexing power save mode
1529 *
Kalle Valo9d173fc2010-01-14 13:09:14 +02001530 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC: automatic
1531 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF: off
1532 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC: static
1533 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC: dynamic
1534 * @IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES: internal, don't use
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001535 */
1536enum ieee80211_smps_mode {
1537 IEEE80211_SMPS_AUTOMATIC,
1538 IEEE80211_SMPS_OFF,
1539 IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC,
1540 IEEE80211_SMPS_DYNAMIC,
1541
1542 /* keep last */
1543 IEEE80211_SMPS_NUM_MODES,
1544};
1545
1546/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001547 * struct ieee80211_conf - configuration of the device
1548 *
1549 * This struct indicates how the driver shall configure the hardware.
1550 *
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001551 * @flags: configuration flags defined above
1552 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08001553 * @listen_interval: listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001554 * @ps_dtim_period: The DTIM period of the AP we're connected to, for use
1555 * in power saving. Power saving will not be enabled until a beacon
1556 * has been received and the DTIM period is known.
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001557 * @dynamic_ps_timeout: The dynamic powersave timeout (in ms), see the
1558 * powersave documentation below. This variable is valid only when
1559 * the CONF_PS flag is set.
1560 *
Johannes Berg1ea6f9c2012-10-24 10:59:25 +02001561 * @power_level: requested transmit power (in dBm), backward compatibility
1562 * value only that is set to the minimum of all interfaces
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001563 *
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001564 * @chandef: the channel definition to tune to
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001565 * @radar_enabled: whether radar detection is enabled
Johannes Berg04fe2032009-04-22 18:44:37 +02001566 *
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001567 * @long_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "long" frame
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001568 * (a frame not RTS protected), called "dot11LongRetryLimit" in 802.11,
1569 * but actually means the number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001570 * @short_frame_max_tx_count: Maximum number of transmissions for a "short"
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001571 * frame, called "dot11ShortRetryLimit" in 802.11, but actually means the
1572 * number of transmissions not the number of retries
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001573 *
1574 * @smps_mode: spatial multiplexing powersave mode; note that
1575 * %IEEE80211_SMPS_STATIC is used when the device is not
Johannes Berg04ecd252012-09-11 14:34:12 +02001576 * configured for an HT channel.
1577 * Note that this is only valid if channel contexts are not used,
1578 * otherwise each channel context has the number of chains listed.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001579 */
1580struct ieee80211_conf {
Johannes Berg6b301cd2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04001581 u32 flags;
Juuso Oikarinenff616382010-06-09 09:51:52 +03001582 int power_level, dynamic_ps_timeout;
Ron Rindjunsky10816d42007-11-26 16:14:30 +02001583
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001584 u16 listen_interval;
Johannes Berg56007a02010-01-26 14:19:52 +01001585 u8 ps_dtim_period;
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02001586
Johannes Berg9124b072008-10-14 19:17:54 +02001587 u8 long_frame_max_tx_count, short_frame_max_tx_count;
1588
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01001589 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01001590 bool radar_enabled;
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01001591 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001592};
1593
1594/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001595 * struct ieee80211_channel_switch - holds the channel switch data
1596 *
1597 * The information provided in this structure is required for channel switch
1598 * operation.
1599 *
1600 * @timestamp: value in microseconds of the 64-bit Time Synchronization
1601 * Function (TSF) timer when the frame containing the channel switch
1602 * announcement was received. This is simply the rx.mactime parameter
1603 * the driver passed into mac80211.
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001604 * @device_timestamp: arbitrary timestamp for the device, this is the
1605 * rx.device_timestamp parameter the driver passed to mac80211.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001606 * @block_tx: Indicates whether transmission must be blocked before the
1607 * scheduled channel switch, as indicated by the AP.
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001608 * @chandef: the new channel to switch to
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001609 * @count: the number of TBTT's until the channel switch event
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001610 * @delay: maximum delay between the time the AP transmitted the last beacon in
1611 * current channel and the expected time of the first beacon in the new
1612 * channel, expressed in TU.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001613 */
1614struct ieee80211_channel_switch {
1615 u64 timestamp;
Luciano Coelho2ba45382014-10-08 09:48:35 +03001616 u32 device_timestamp;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001617 bool block_tx;
Johannes Berg85220d72013-03-25 18:29:27 +01001618 struct cfg80211_chan_def chandef;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001619 u8 count;
Sara Sharonee145772019-02-06 13:17:09 +02001620 u32 delay;
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02001621};
1622
1623/**
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001624 * enum ieee80211_vif_flags - virtual interface flags
1625 *
1626 * @IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER: the device performs beacon filtering
1627 * on this virtual interface to avoid unnecessary CPU wakeups
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001628 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI: the device can do connection quality
1629 * monitoring on this virtual interface -- i.e. it can monitor
1630 * connection quality related parameters, such as the RSSI level and
1631 * provide notifications if configured trigger levels are reached.
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001632 * @IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD: The device can do U-APSD for this
1633 * interface. This flag should be set during interface addition,
1634 * but may be set/cleared as late as authentication to an AP. It is
1635 * only valid for managed/station mode interfaces.
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001636 * @IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE: request to handle NOA attributes
1637 * and send P2P_PS notification to the driver if NOA changed, even
1638 * this is not pure P2P vif.
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001639 */
1640enum ieee80211_vif_flags {
1641 IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER = BIT(0),
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01001642 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI = BIT(1),
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01001643 IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD = BIT(2),
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comb115b972015-10-27 08:38:40 +01001644 IEEE80211_VIF_GET_NOA_UPDATE = BIT(3),
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001645};
1646
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001647
1648/**
1649 * enum ieee80211_offload_flags - virtual interface offload flags
1650 *
1651 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED: tx encapsulation offload is enabled
1652 * The driver supports sending frames passed as 802.3 frames by mac80211.
1653 * It must also support sending 802.11 packets for the same interface.
1654 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR: support 4-address mode encapsulation offload
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001655 * @IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED: rx encapsulation offload is enabled
1656 * The driver supports passing received 802.11 frames as 802.3 frames to
1657 * mac80211.
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001658 */
1659
1660enum ieee80211_offload_flags {
1661 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_ENABLED = BIT(0),
1662 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_ENCAP_4ADDR = BIT(1),
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01001663 IEEE80211_OFFLOAD_DECAP_ENABLED = BIT(2),
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001664};
1665
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001666/**
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001667 * struct ieee80211_vif - per-interface data
1668 *
1669 * Data in this structure is continually present for driver
1670 * use during the life of a virtual interface.
1671 *
Johannes Berg51fb61e2007-12-19 01:31:27 +01001672 * @type: type of this virtual interface
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001673 * @bss_conf: BSS configuration for this interface, either our own
1674 * or the BSS we're associated to
Johannes Berg47846c92009-11-25 17:46:19 +01001675 * @addr: address of this interface
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001676 * @p2p: indicates whether this AP or STA interface is a p2p
1677 * interface, i.e. a GO or p2p-sta respectively
Michal Kazior59af6922014-04-09 15:10:59 +02001678 * @csa_active: marks whether a channel switch is going on. Internally it is
1679 * write-protected by sdata_lock and local->mtx so holding either is fine
1680 * for read access.
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001681 * @mu_mimo_owner: indicates interface owns MU-MIMO capability
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001682 * @driver_flags: flags/capabilities the driver has for this interface,
1683 * these need to be set (or cleared) when the interface is added
1684 * or, if supported by the driver, the interface type is changed
1685 * at runtime, mac80211 will never touch this field
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001686 * @offloaad_flags: hardware offload capabilities/flags for this interface.
1687 * These are initialized by mac80211 before calling .add_interface,
1688 * .change_interface or .update_vif_offload and updated by the driver
1689 * within these ops, based on supported features or runtime change
1690 * restrictions.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001691 * @hw_queue: hardware queue for each AC
1692 * @cab_queue: content-after-beacon (DTIM beacon really) queue, AP mode only
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001693 * @chanctx_conf: The channel context this interface is assigned to, or %NULL
1694 * when it is not assigned. This pointer is RCU-protected due to the TX
1695 * path needing to access it; even though the netdev carrier will always
1696 * be off when it is %NULL there can still be races and packets could be
1697 * processed after it switches back to %NULL.
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001698 * @debugfs_dir: debugfs dentry, can be used by drivers to create own per
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02001699 * interface debug files. Note that it will be NULL for the virtual
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001700 * monitor interface (if that is requested.)
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001701 * @probe_req_reg: probe requests should be reported to mac80211 for this
1702 * interface.
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001703 * @rx_mcast_action_reg: multicast Action frames should be reported to mac80211
1704 * for this interface.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001705 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03001706 * sizeof(void \*).
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001707 * @txq: the multicast data TX queue (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction)
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301708 * @txqs_stopped: per AC flag to indicate that intermediate TXQs are stopped,
1709 * protected by fq->lock.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02001710 * @offload_flags: 802.3 -> 802.11 enapsulation offload flags, see
1711 * &enum ieee80211_offload_flags.
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001712 */
1713struct ieee80211_vif {
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001714 enum nl80211_iftype type;
Johannes Bergbda39332008-10-11 01:51:51 +02001715 struct ieee80211_bss_conf bss_conf;
Michael Brauna3e2f4b2016-10-15 13:28:19 +02001716 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN] __aligned(2);
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02001717 bool p2p;
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02001718 bool csa_active;
Sara Sharonb5a33d52016-02-16 12:48:18 +02001719 bool mu_mimo_owner;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001720
1721 u8 cab_queue;
1722 u8 hw_queue[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1723
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01001724 struct ieee80211_txq *txq;
1725
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02001726 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf __rcu *chanctx_conf;
1727
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01001728 u32 driver_flags;
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02001729 u32 offload_flags;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02001730
Stanislaw Gruszkaddbfe862013-03-08 14:46:14 +01001731#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
1732 struct dentry *debugfs_dir;
1733#endif
1734
Johannes Berg6cd536f2020-04-17 12:43:01 +02001735 bool probe_req_reg;
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03001736 bool rx_mcast_action_reg;
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03001737
Manikanta Pubbisetty21a5d4c2018-07-11 00:12:53 +05301738 bool txqs_stopped[IEEE80211_NUM_ACS];
1739
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001740 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001741 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001742};
1743
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001744static inline bool ieee80211_vif_is_mesh(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
1745{
1746#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_MESH
Johannes Berg05c914f2008-09-11 00:01:58 +02001747 return vif->type == NL80211_IFTYPE_MESH_POINT;
Johannes Berg902acc72008-02-23 15:17:19 +01001748#endif
1749 return false;
1750}
1751
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01001752/**
Johannes Bergad7e7182013-11-13 13:37:47 +01001753 * wdev_to_ieee80211_vif - return a vif struct from a wdev
1754 * @wdev: the wdev to get the vif for
1755 *
1756 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1757 * (like the vendor commands) that get a wdev.
1758 *
1759 * Note that this function may return %NULL if the given wdev isn't
1760 * associated with a vif that the driver knows about (e.g. monitor
1761 * or AP_VLAN interfaces.)
1762 */
1763struct ieee80211_vif *wdev_to_ieee80211_vif(struct wireless_dev *wdev);
1764
1765/**
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001766 * ieee80211_vif_to_wdev - return a wdev struct from a vif
1767 * @vif: the vif to get the wdev for
1768 *
1769 * This can be used by mac80211 drivers with direct cfg80211 APIs
1770 * (like the vendor commands) that needs to get the wdev for a vif.
Emmanuel Grumbachf30386a2021-04-09 12:40:19 +03001771 * This can also be useful to get the netdev associated to a vif.
Emmanuel Grumbachdc5a1ad2015-03-12 08:53:24 +02001772 */
1773struct wireless_dev *ieee80211_vif_to_wdev(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
1774
1775/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001776 * enum ieee80211_key_flags - key flags
1777 *
1778 * These flags are used for communication about keys between the driver
1779 * and mac80211, with the @flags parameter of &struct ieee80211_key_conf.
1780 *
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001781 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV: This flag should be set by the
1782 * driver to indicate that it requires IV generation for this
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001783 * particular key. Setting this flag does not necessarily mean that SKBs
1784 * will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or MIC.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001785 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC: This flag should be set by
1786 * the driver for a TKIP key if it requires Michael MIC
1787 * generation in software.
Ivo van Doornc6adbd22008-04-17 21:11:18 +02001788 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE: Set by mac80211, this flag indicates
1789 * that the key is pairwise rather then a shared key.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001790 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX: This flag should be set by the driver for a
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001791 * CCMP/GCMP key if it requires CCMP/GCMP encryption of management frames
1792 * (MFP) to be done in software.
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001793 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver
Janusz.Dziedzic@tieto.comee701082012-05-09 08:11:20 +03001794 * if space should be prepared for the IV, but the IV
Arik Nemtsov077a9152011-10-23 08:21:41 +02001795 * itself should not be generated. Do not set together with
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001796 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV on the same key. Setting this flag does
1797 * not necessarily mean that SKBs will have sufficient tailroom for ICV or
1798 * MIC.
Johannes Berge548c492012-09-04 17:08:23 +02001799 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT: This key will be used to decrypt received
1800 * management frames. The flag can help drivers that have a hardware
1801 * crypto implementation that doesn't deal with management frames
1802 * properly by allowing them to not upload the keys to hardware and
1803 * fall back to software crypto. Note that this flag deals only with
1804 * RX, if your crypto engine can't deal with TX you can also set the
1805 * %IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX flag to encrypt such frames in SW.
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001806 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT: This flag should be set by the
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02001807 * driver for a CCMP/GCMP key to indicate that is requires IV generation
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13001808 * only for management frames (MFP).
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001809 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM: This flag should be set by the
1810 * driver for a key to indicate that sufficient tailroom must always
1811 * be reserved for ICV or MIC, even when HW encryption is enabled.
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001812 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE: This flag should be set by the driver for
1813 * a TKIP key if it only requires MIC space. Do not set together with
1814 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC on the same key.
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001815 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX: Key needs explicit Tx activation.
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001816 * @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE: This flag should be set by the driver
1817 * for a AES_CMAC key to indicate that it requires sequence number
1818 * generation only
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001819 */
1820enum ieee80211_key_flags {
Marek Kwaczynski17d38fa2014-04-14 11:27:21 +02001821 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV_MGMT = BIT(0),
1822 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV = BIT(1),
1823 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIC = BIT(2),
1824 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PAIRWISE = BIT(3),
1825 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_SW_MGMT_TX = BIT(4),
1826 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_IV_SPACE = BIT(5),
1827 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RX_MGMT = BIT(6),
Ido Yarivdb128472015-01-06 08:39:02 -05001828 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_RESERVE_TAILROOM = BIT(7),
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001829 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_PUT_MIC_SPACE = BIT(8),
Alexander Wetzel96fc6ef2019-03-19 21:34:08 +01001830 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_NO_AUTO_TX = BIT(9),
Lorenzo Bianconia0b44962019-07-16 00:09:19 +02001831 IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_MMIE = BIT(10),
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001832};
1833
1834/**
1835 * struct ieee80211_key_conf - key information
1836 *
1837 * This key information is given by mac80211 to the driver by
1838 * the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops.
1839 *
1840 * @hw_key_idx: To be set by the driver, this is the key index the driver
1841 * wants to be given when a frame is transmitted and needs to be
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001842 * encrypted in hardware.
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001843 * @cipher: The key's cipher suite selector.
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001844 * @tx_pn: PN used for TX keys, may be used by the driver as well if it
1845 * needs to do software PN assignment by itself (e.g. due to TSO)
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001846 * @flags: key flags, see &enum ieee80211_key_flags.
1847 * @keyidx: the key index (0-3)
1848 * @keylen: key material length
Luis R. Rodriguezffd78912008-06-21 10:02:46 -04001849 * @key: key material. For ALG_TKIP the key is encoded as a 256-bit (32 byte)
1850 * data block:
1851 * - Temporal Encryption Key (128 bits)
1852 * - Temporal Authenticator Tx MIC Key (64 bits)
1853 * - Temporal Authenticator Rx MIC Key (64 bits)
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01001854 * @icv_len: The ICV length for this key type
1855 * @iv_len: The IV length for this key type
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001856 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001857struct ieee80211_key_conf {
Johannes Bergdb388a52015-06-01 15:36:51 +02001858 atomic64_t tx_pn;
Johannes Berg97359d12010-08-10 09:46:38 +02001859 u32 cipher;
Felix Fietkau76708de2008-10-05 18:02:48 +02001860 u8 icv_len;
1861 u8 iv_len;
Johannes Berg6a7664d2007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001862 u8 hw_key_idx;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001863 s8 keyidx;
David Spinadel9de18d82017-12-01 13:50:52 +02001864 u16 flags;
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001865 u8 keylen;
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05001866 u8 key[];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001867};
1868
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001869#define IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN 16
1870
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02001871#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV16(pn) ((u16)(pn & 0xffff))
1872#define TKIP_PN_TO_IV32(pn) ((u32)((pn >> 16) & 0xffffffff))
1873
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001874/**
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001875 * struct ieee80211_key_seq - key sequence counter
1876 *
1877 * @tkip: TKIP data, containing IV32 and IV16 in host byte order
1878 * @ccmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1879 * reverse order than in packet)
1880 * @aes_cmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1881 * reverse order than in packet)
1882 * @aes_gmac: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1883 * reverse order than in packet)
1884 * @gcmp: PN data, most significant byte first (big endian,
1885 * reverse order than in packet)
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001886 * @hw: data for HW-only (e.g. cipher scheme) keys
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001887 */
1888struct ieee80211_key_seq {
1889 union {
1890 struct {
1891 u32 iv32;
1892 u16 iv16;
1893 } tkip;
1894 struct {
1895 u8 pn[6];
1896 } ccmp;
1897 struct {
1898 u8 pn[6];
1899 } aes_cmac;
1900 struct {
1901 u8 pn[6];
1902 } aes_gmac;
1903 struct {
1904 u8 pn[6];
1905 } gcmp;
Johannes Berga31cf1c2015-04-20 18:21:58 +02001906 struct {
1907 u8 seq[IEEE80211_MAX_PN_LEN];
1908 u8 seq_len;
1909 } hw;
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02001910 };
1911};
1912
1913/**
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02001914 * struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme - cipher scheme
1915 *
1916 * This structure contains a cipher scheme information defining
1917 * the secure packet crypto handling.
1918 *
1919 * @cipher: a cipher suite selector
1920 * @iftype: a cipher iftype bit mask indicating an allowed cipher usage
1921 * @hdr_len: a length of a security header used the cipher
1922 * @pn_len: a length of a packet number in the security header
1923 * @pn_off: an offset of pn from the beginning of the security header
1924 * @key_idx_off: an offset of key index byte in the security header
1925 * @key_idx_mask: a bit mask of key_idx bits
1926 * @key_idx_shift: a bit shift needed to get key_idx
1927 * key_idx value calculation:
1928 * (sec_header_base[key_idx_off] & key_idx_mask) >> key_idx_shift
1929 * @mic_len: a mic length in bytes
1930 */
1931struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme {
1932 u32 cipher;
1933 u16 iftype;
1934 u8 hdr_len;
1935 u8 pn_len;
1936 u8 pn_off;
1937 u8 key_idx_off;
1938 u8 key_idx_mask;
1939 u8 key_idx_shift;
1940 u8 mic_len;
1941};
1942
1943/**
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04001944 * enum set_key_cmd - key command
1945 *
1946 * Used with the set_key() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
1947 * indicates whether a key is being removed or added.
1948 *
1949 * @SET_KEY: a key is set
1950 * @DISABLE_KEY: a key must be disabled
1951 */
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001952enum set_key_cmd {
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04001953 SET_KEY, DISABLE_KEY,
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04001954};
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07001955
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02001956/**
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01001957 * enum ieee80211_sta_state - station state
1958 *
1959 * @IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST: station doesn't exist at all,
1960 * this is a special state for add/remove transitions
1961 * @IEEE80211_STA_NONE: station exists without special state
1962 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTH: station is authenticated
1963 * @IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC: station is associated
1964 * @IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED: station is authorized (802.1X)
1965 */
1966enum ieee80211_sta_state {
1967 /* NOTE: These need to be ordered correctly! */
1968 IEEE80211_STA_NOTEXIST,
1969 IEEE80211_STA_NONE,
1970 IEEE80211_STA_AUTH,
1971 IEEE80211_STA_ASSOC,
1972 IEEE80211_STA_AUTHORIZED,
1973};
1974
1975/**
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01001976 * enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth - station RX bandwidth
1977 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20: station can only receive 20 MHz
1978 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40: station can receive up to 40 MHz
1979 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80: station can receive up to 80 MHz
1980 * @IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160: station can receive up to 160 MHz
1981 * (including 80+80 MHz)
1982 *
1983 * Implementation note: 20 must be zero to be initialized
1984 * correctly, the values must be sorted.
1985 */
1986enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth {
1987 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_20 = 0,
1988 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_40,
1989 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_80,
1990 IEEE80211_STA_RX_BW_160,
1991};
1992
1993/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001994 * struct ieee80211_sta_rates - station rate selection table
1995 *
1996 * @rcu_head: RCU head used for freeing the table on update
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04001997 * @rate: transmit rates/flags to be used by default.
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02001998 * Overriding entries per-packet is possible by using cb tx control.
1999 */
2000struct ieee80211_sta_rates {
2001 struct rcu_head rcu_head;
2002 struct {
2003 s8 idx;
2004 u8 count;
2005 u8 count_cts;
2006 u8 count_rts;
2007 u16 flags;
2008 } rate[IEEE80211_TX_RATE_TABLE_SIZE];
2009};
2010
2011/**
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302012 * struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr - station txpower configuration
2013 *
2014 * Used to configure txpower for station.
2015 *
2016 * @power: indicates the tx power, in dBm, to be used when sending data frames
2017 * to the STA.
2018 * @type: In particular if TPC %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_LIMITED then tx power
2019 * will be less than or equal to specified from userspace, whereas if TPC
2020 * %type is NL80211_TX_POWER_AUTOMATIC then it indicates default tx power.
2021 * NL80211_TX_POWER_FIXED is not a valid configuration option for
2022 * per peer TPC.
2023 */
2024struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr {
2025 s16 power;
2026 enum nl80211_tx_power_setting type;
2027};
2028
2029/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002030 * struct ieee80211_sta - station table entry
2031 *
2032 * A station table entry represents a station we are possibly
2033 * communicating with. Since stations are RCU-managed in
2034 * mac80211, any ieee80211_sta pointer you get access to must
2035 * either be protected by rcu_read_lock() explicitly or implicitly,
2036 * or you must take good care to not use such a pointer after a
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01002037 * call to your sta_remove callback that removed it.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002038 *
2039 * @addr: MAC address
2040 * @aid: AID we assigned to the station if we're an AP
Johannes Berg323ce792008-09-11 02:45:11 +02002041 * @supp_rates: Bitmap of supported rates (per band)
Johannes Berg55d942f2013-03-01 13:07:48 +01002042 * @ht_cap: HT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
2043 * @vht_cap: VHT capabilities of this STA; restricted to our own capabilities
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002044 * @he_cap: HE capabilities of this STA
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002045 * @he_6ghz_capa: on 6 GHz, holds the HE 6 GHz band capabilities
Maxim Altshul480dd462016-08-22 17:14:04 +03002046 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximal amount of frames in a single AMPDU
2047 * that this station is allowed to transmit to us.
2048 * Can be modified by driver.
Johannes Berg527871d2015-03-21 08:09:55 +01002049 * @wme: indicates whether the STA supports QoS/WME (if local devices does,
2050 * otherwise always false)
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002051 * @drv_priv: data area for driver use, will always be aligned to
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002052 * sizeof(void \*), size is determined in hw information.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002053 * @uapsd_queues: bitmap of queues configured for uapsd. Only valid
Emmanuel Grumbachf438ceb2016-10-18 23:12:12 +03002054 * if wme is supported. The bits order is like in
2055 * IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_*.
Eliad Peller910868d2011-09-11 09:46:55 +03002056 * @max_sp: max Service Period. Only valid if wme is supported.
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002057 * @bandwidth: current bandwidth the station can receive with
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002058 * @rx_nss: in HT/VHT, the maximum number of spatial streams the
2059 * station can receive at the moment, changed by operating mode
2060 * notifications and capabilities. The value is only valid after
2061 * the station moves to associated state.
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002062 * @smps_mode: current SMPS mode (off, static or dynamic)
Robert P. J. Day03f831a2013-05-02 07:15:09 -04002063 * @rates: rate control selection table
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002064 * @tdls: indicates whether the STA is a TDLS peer
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002065 * @tdls_initiator: indicates the STA is an initiator of the TDLS link. Only
2066 * valid if the STA is a TDLS peer in the first place.
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302067 * @mfp: indicates whether the STA uses management frame protection or not.
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002068 * @max_amsdu_subframes: indicates the maximal number of MSDUs in a single
2069 * A-MSDU. Taken from the Extended Capabilities element. 0 means
2070 * unlimited.
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002071 * @support_p2p_ps: indicates whether the STA supports P2P PS mechanism or not.
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002072 * @max_rc_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes recommended by rate control.
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002073 * @max_tid_amsdu_len: Maximum A-MSDU size in bytes for this TID
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08002074 * @txpwr: the station tx power configuration
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002075 * @txq: per-TID data TX queues (if driver uses the TXQ abstraction); note that
2076 * the last entry (%IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS) is used for non-data frames
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002077 */
2078struct ieee80211_sta {
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02002079 u32 supp_rates[NUM_NL80211_BANDS];
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002080 u8 addr[ETH_ALEN];
2081 u16 aid;
Johannes Bergd9fe60d2008-10-09 12:13:49 +02002082 struct ieee80211_sta_ht_cap ht_cap;
Mahesh Palivela818255e2012-10-10 11:33:04 +00002083 struct ieee80211_sta_vht_cap vht_cap;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002084 struct ieee80211_sta_he_cap he_cap;
Johannes Berg1bb9a8a2020-05-28 21:34:38 +02002085 struct ieee80211_he_6ghz_capa he_6ghz_capa;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002086 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
Arik Nemtsov39df6002011-06-27 23:58:45 +03002087 bool wme;
Eliad Peller9533b4a2011-08-23 14:37:47 +03002088 u8 uapsd_queues;
2089 u8 max_sp;
Johannes Berg8921d042012-12-27 18:26:42 +01002090 u8 rx_nss;
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01002091 enum ieee80211_sta_rx_bandwidth bandwidth;
Johannes Bergaf0ed692013-02-12 14:21:00 +01002092 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode;
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002093 struct ieee80211_sta_rates __rcu *rates;
Arik Nemtsov0c4972c2014-05-01 10:17:27 +03002094 bool tdls;
Arik Nemtsov8b941482014-10-22 12:32:48 +03002095 bool tdls_initiator;
Tamizh chelvam93f04902015-10-07 10:40:04 +05302096 bool mfp;
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002097 u8 max_amsdu_subframes;
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002098
2099 /**
2100 * @max_amsdu_len:
2101 * indicates the maximal length of an A-MSDU in bytes.
2102 * This field is always valid for packets with a VHT preamble.
2103 * For packets with a HT preamble, additional limits apply:
2104 *
2105 * * If the skb is transmitted as part of a BA agreement, the
2106 * A-MSDU maximal size is min(max_amsdu_len, 4065) bytes.
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13002107 * * If the skb is not part of a BA agreement, the A-MSDU maximal
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01002108 * size is min(max_amsdu_len, 7935) bytes.
2109 *
2110 * Both additional HT limits must be enforced by the low level
2111 * driver. This is defined by the spec (IEEE 802.11-2012 section
2112 * 8.3.2.2 NOTE 2).
2113 */
Emmanuel Grumbach506bcfa2015-12-13 15:41:05 +02002114 u16 max_amsdu_len;
Ayala Beker52cfa1d2016-03-17 15:41:39 +02002115 bool support_p2p_ps;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002116 u16 max_rc_amsdu_len;
Sara Sharonedba6bd2018-09-05 08:06:10 +03002117 u16 max_tid_amsdu_len[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS];
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05302118 struct ieee80211_sta_txpwr txpwr;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002119
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002120 struct ieee80211_txq *txq[IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS + 1];
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002121
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002122 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002123 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002124};
2125
2126/**
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002127 * enum sta_notify_cmd - sta notify command
2128 *
2129 * Used with the sta_notify() callback in &struct ieee80211_ops, this
Sujith38a6cc72010-05-19 11:32:30 +05302130 * indicates if an associated station made a power state transition.
Tomas Winkler478f8d22007-09-30 13:52:37 +02002131 *
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002132 * @STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP: a station is now sleeping
2133 * @STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE: a sleeping station woke up
2134 */
Christian Lamparter89fad572008-12-09 16:28:06 +01002135enum sta_notify_cmd {
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01002136 STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP, STA_NOTIFY_AWAKE,
2137};
2138
2139/**
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02002140 * struct ieee80211_tx_control - TX control data
2141 *
2142 * @sta: station table entry, this sta pointer may be NULL and
2143 * it is not allowed to copy the pointer, due to RCU.
2144 */
2145struct ieee80211_tx_control {
2146 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2147};
2148
2149/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002150 * struct ieee80211_txq - Software intermediate tx queue
2151 *
2152 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
2153 * @sta: station table entry, %NULL for per-vif queue
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002154 * @tid: the TID for this queue (unused for per-vif queue),
2155 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS for non-data (if enabled)
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002156 * @ac: the AC for this queue
Johannes Bergf8bdbb52015-05-20 15:04:53 +02002157 * @drv_priv: driver private area, sized by hw->txq_data_size
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002158 *
2159 * The driver can obtain packets from this queue by calling
2160 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue().
2161 */
2162struct ieee80211_txq {
2163 struct ieee80211_vif *vif;
2164 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2165 u8 tid;
2166 u8 ac;
2167
2168 /* must be last */
Gustavo A. R. Silva3c232152020-05-07 13:59:07 -05002169 u8 drv_priv[] __aligned(sizeof(void *));
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002170};
2171
2172/**
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002173 * enum ieee80211_hw_flags - hardware flags
2174 *
2175 * These flags are used to indicate hardware capabilities to
2176 * the stack. Generally, flags here should have their meaning
2177 * done in a way that the simplest hardware doesn't need setting
2178 * any particular flags. There are some exceptions to this rule,
2179 * however, so you are advised to review these flags carefully.
2180 *
Johannes Bergaf65cd962009-11-17 18:18:36 +01002181 * @IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL:
2182 * The hardware or firmware includes rate control, and cannot be
2183 * controlled by the stack. As such, no rate control algorithm
2184 * should be instantiated, and the TX rate reported to userspace
2185 * will be taken from the TX status instead of the rate control
2186 * algorithm.
2187 * Note that this requires that the driver implement a number of
2188 * callbacks so it has the correct information, it needs to have
2189 * the @set_rts_threshold callback and must look at the BSS config
2190 * @use_cts_prot for G/N protection, @use_short_slot for slot
2191 * timing in 2.4 GHz and @use_short_preamble for preambles for
2192 * CCK frames.
2193 *
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002194 * @IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS:
2195 * Indicates that received frames passed to the stack include
2196 * the FCS at the end.
2197 *
2198 * @IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING:
2199 * Some wireless LAN chipsets buffer broadcast/multicast frames
2200 * for power saving stations in the hardware/firmware and others
2201 * rely on the host system for such buffering. This option is used
2202 * to configure the IEEE 802.11 upper layer to buffer broadcast and
2203 * multicast frames when there are power saving stations so that
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07002204 * the driver can fetch them with ieee80211_get_buffered_bc().
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002205 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002206 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC:
2207 * Hardware can provide signal values but we don't know its units. We
2208 * expect values between 0 and @max_signal.
2209 * If possible please provide dB or dBm instead.
2210 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002211 * @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM:
2212 * Hardware gives signal values in dBm, decibel difference from
2213 * one milliwatt. This is the preferred method since it is standardized
2214 * between different devices. @max_signal does not need to be set.
2215 *
Tomas Winkler06ff47b2008-06-18 17:53:44 +03002216 * @IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT:
2217 * Hardware supports spectrum management defined in 802.11h
2218 * Measurement, Channel Switch, Quieting, TPC
Sujith8b30b1f2008-10-24 09:55:27 +05302219 *
2220 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION:
2221 * Hardware supports 11n A-MPDU aggregation.
Kalle Valo520eb822008-12-18 23:35:27 +02002222 *
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002223 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS:
2224 * Hardware has power save support (i.e. can go to sleep).
2225 *
2226 * @IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK:
2227 * Hardware requires nullfunc frame handling in stack, implies
2228 * stack support for dynamic PS.
2229 *
2230 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS:
2231 * Hardware has support for dynamic PS.
Jouni Malinen4375d082009-01-08 13:32:11 +02002232 *
2233 * @IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE:
2234 * Hardware supports management frame protection (MFP, IEEE 802.11w).
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002235 *
Vivek Natarajan375177b2010-02-09 14:50:28 +05302236 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS:
2237 * Hardware can provide ack status reports of Tx frames to
2238 * the stack.
2239 *
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02002240 * @IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR:
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002241 * The hardware performs its own connection monitoring, including
2242 * periodic keep-alives to the AP and probing the AP on beacon loss.
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02002243 *
Emmanuel Grumbachc65dd142012-12-12 10:12:24 +02002244 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC:
2245 * This device needs to get data from beacon before association (i.e.
2246 * dtim_period).
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02002247 *
2248 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK: The device's crypto engine supports
2249 * per-station GTKs as used by IBSS RSN or during fast transition. If
2250 * the device doesn't support per-station GTKs, but can be asked not
2251 * to decrypt group addressed frames, then IBSS RSN support is still
2252 * possible but software crypto will be used. Advertise the wiphy flag
2253 * only in that case.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02002254 *
2255 * @IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS: When operating in AP mode the device
2256 * autonomously manages the PS status of connected stations. When
2257 * this flag is set mac80211 will not trigger PS mode for connected
2258 * stations based on the PM bit of incoming frames.
2259 * Use ieee80211_start_ps()/ieee8021_end_ps() to manually configure
2260 * the PS mode of connected stations.
Arik Nemtsovedf6b782011-08-30 09:32:38 +03002261 *
2262 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW: The device handles TX A-MPDU session
2263 * setup strictly in HW. mac80211 should not attempt to do this in
2264 * software.
Eliad Peller885bd8e2012-02-02 17:44:55 +02002265 *
Johannes Berg4b6f1dd2012-04-03 14:35:57 +02002266 * @IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF: The driver would like to be informed of
2267 * a virtual monitor interface when monitor interfaces are the only
2268 * active interfaces.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002269 *
Ben Greeare27513f2014-10-22 12:23:03 -07002270 * @IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF: The driver would like for no wlanX to
2271 * be created. It is expected user-space will create vifs as
2272 * desired (and thus have them named as desired).
2273 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002274 * @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL: The driver wants to control which of the
2275 * crypto algorithms can be done in software - so don't automatically
2276 * try to fall back to it if hardware crypto fails, but do so only if
2277 * the driver returns 1. This also forces the driver to advertise its
2278 * supported cipher suites.
2279 *
Johannes Berg17c18bf2015-03-21 15:25:43 +01002280 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT: The driver/hardware supports fast-xmit,
2281 * this currently requires only the ability to calculate the duration
2282 * for frames.
2283 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002284 * @IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL: The driver wants to control per-interface
2285 * queue mapping in order to use different queues (not just one per AC)
2286 * for different virtual interfaces. See the doc section on HW queue
2287 * control for more details.
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002288 *
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02002289 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE: The driver supports using a rate
2290 * selection table provided by the rate control algorithm.
2291 *
Johannes Berg6d711172012-06-19 17:19:44 +02002292 * @IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF: Use the P2P Device address for any
2293 * P2P Interface. This will be honoured even if more than one interface
2294 * is supported.
Johannes Bergef429da2013-02-05 17:48:40 +01002295 *
2296 * @IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY: Use sync timing from beacon frames
2297 * only, to allow getting TBTT of a DTIM beacon.
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002298 *
Johannes Berg919be622013-10-14 10:05:16 +02002299 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES: Hardware supports mixing HT/CCK rates
2300 * and can cope with CCK rates in an aggregation session (e.g. by not
2301 * using aggregation for such frames.)
2302 *
Arik Nemtsov7578d572013-09-01 17:15:51 +03002303 * @IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA: Support 802.11h based channel-switch (CSA)
2304 * for a single active channel while using channel contexts. When support
2305 * is not enabled the default action is to disconnect when getting the
2306 * CSA frame.
Luciano Coelho5d52ee82014-02-27 14:33:47 +02002307 *
Ido Yarivc70f59a2014-07-29 15:39:14 +03002308 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS: The driver will never modify the payload
2309 * or tailroom of TX skbs without copying them first.
2310 *
Johannes Bergc526a462015-06-02 20:32:00 +02002311 * @IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS: The HW supports scanning on all bands
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002312 * in one command, mac80211 doesn't have to run separate scans per band.
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002313 *
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002314 * @IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW: The device/driver supports wider bandwidth
2315 * than then BSS bandwidth for a TDLS link on the base channel.
2316 *
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002317 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU: The driver supports receiving A-MSDUs
2318 * within A-MPDU.
2319 *
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002320 * @IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS: The device/driver provides TX status
2321 * for sent beacons.
2322 *
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002323 * @IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR: Hardware (or driver) requires that each
2324 * station has a unique address, i.e. each station entry can be identified
2325 * by just its MAC address; this prevents, for example, the same station
2326 * from connecting to two virtual AP interfaces at the same time.
2327 *
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002328 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER: Hardware (or driver) manages the
2329 * reordering buffer internally, guaranteeing mac80211 receives frames in
2330 * order and does not need to manage its own reorder buffer or BA session
2331 * timeout.
2332 *
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002333 * @IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS: The device uses RSS and thus requires parallel RX,
2334 * which implies using per-CPU station statistics.
2335 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002336 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU: Hardware (or driver) supports software aggregated
2337 * A-MSDU frames. Requires software tx queueing and fast-xmit support.
2338 * When not using minstrel/minstrel_ht rate control, the driver must
2339 * limit the maximum A-MSDU size based on the current tx rate by setting
2340 * max_rc_amsdu_len in struct ieee80211_sta.
2341 *
2342 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST: Hardware (or driver) supports sending frag_list
2343 * skbs, needed for zero-copy software A-MSDU.
2344 *
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302345 * @IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK: The driver (or firmware) reports low ack event
2346 * by ieee80211_report_low_ack() based on its own algorithm. For such
2347 * drivers, mac80211 packet loss mechanism will not be triggered and driver
2348 * is completely depending on firmware event for station kickout.
2349 *
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002350 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG: Hardware does fragmentation by itself.
2351 * The stack will not do fragmentation.
2352 * The callback for @set_frag_threshold should be set as well.
2353 *
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002354 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA: Hardware supports buffer STA on
2355 * TDLS links.
2356 *
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002357 * @IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP: The driver requires the
2358 * mgd_prepare_tx() callback to be called before transmission of a
2359 * deauthentication frame in case the association was completed but no
2360 * beacon was heard. This is required in multi-channel scenarios, where the
2361 * virtual interface might not be given air time for the transmission of
2362 * the frame, as it is not synced with the AP/P2P GO yet, and thus the
2363 * deauthentication frame might not be transmitted.
Randy Dunlapd1361b32018-04-26 18:17:31 -07002364 *
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002365 * @IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP: The driver (or firmware) doesn't
2366 * support QoS NDP for AP probing - that's most likely a driver bug.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002367 *
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002368 * @IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ: use the TXQ for bufferable MMPDUs, this of
2369 * course requires the driver to use TXQs to start with.
2370 *
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002371 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW: (Hardware) rate control supports VHT
2372 * extended NSS BW (dot11VHTExtendedNSSBWCapable). This flag will be set if
2373 * the selected rate control algorithm sets %RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW
2374 * but if the rate control is built-in then it must be set by the driver.
2375 * See also the documentation for that flag.
2376 *
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002377 * @IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ: use the extra non-TID per-station TXQ for all
2378 * MMPDUs on station interfaces. This of course requires the driver to use
2379 * TXQs to start with.
2380 *
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002381 * @IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN: Driver does not report accurate A-MPDU
2382 * length in tx status information
2383 *
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002384 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2385 *
2386 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID: Hardware supports multi BSSID
2387 * only for HE APs. Applies if @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID is set.
2388 *
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002389 * @IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT: The card and driver is only
2390 * aggregating MPDUs with the same keyid, allowing mac80211 to keep Tx
2391 * A-MPDU sessions active while rekeying with Extended Key ID.
2392 *
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002393 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports tx encapsulation
2394 * offload
2395 *
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01002396 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD: Hardware supports rx decapsulation
2397 * offload
2398 *
Sriram R55f82052021-03-30 07:05:16 +05302399 * @IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP: Hardware supports concurrent rx
2400 * decapsulation offload and passing raw 802.11 frames for monitor iface.
2401 * If this is supported, the driver must pass both 802.3 frames for real
2402 * usage and 802.11 frames with %RX_FLAG_ONLY_MONITOR set for monitor to
2403 * the stack.
2404 *
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002405 * @NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS: number of hardware flags, used for sizing arrays
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002406 */
2407enum ieee80211_hw_flags {
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002408 IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL,
2409 IEEE80211_HW_RX_INCLUDES_FCS,
2410 IEEE80211_HW_HOST_BROADCAST_PS_BUFFERING,
2411 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC,
2412 IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DBM,
2413 IEEE80211_HW_NEED_DTIM_BEFORE_ASSOC,
2414 IEEE80211_HW_SPECTRUM_MGMT,
2415 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_AGGREGATION,
2416 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS,
2417 IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK,
2418 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS,
2419 IEEE80211_HW_MFP_CAPABLE,
2420 IEEE80211_HW_WANT_MONITOR_VIF,
2421 IEEE80211_HW_NO_AUTO_VIF,
2422 IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL,
2423 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORT_FAST_XMIT,
2424 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_TX_ACK_STATUS,
2425 IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR,
2426 IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL,
2427 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PER_STA_GTK,
2428 IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS,
2429 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMPDU_SETUP_IN_HW,
2430 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RC_TABLE,
2431 IEEE80211_HW_P2P_DEV_ADDR_FOR_INTF,
2432 IEEE80211_HW_TIMING_BEACON_ONLY,
2433 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_HT_CCK_RATES,
2434 IEEE80211_HW_CHANCTX_STA_CSA,
2435 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CLONED_SKBS,
2436 IEEE80211_HW_SINGLE_SCAN_ON_ALL_BANDS,
Arik Nemtsovb98fb442015-06-10 20:42:59 +03002437 IEEE80211_HW_TDLS_WIDER_BW,
Emmanuel Grumbach99e7ca42015-08-15 22:39:51 +03002438 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_AMSDU_IN_AMPDU,
Helmut Schaa35afa582015-09-09 09:46:32 +02002439 IEEE80211_HW_BEACON_TX_STATUS,
Johannes Berg31104892015-10-22 17:35:19 +02002440 IEEE80211_HW_NEEDS_UNIQUE_STA_ADDR,
Sara Sharon412a6d82015-12-08 19:09:05 +02002441 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_REORDERING_BUFFER,
Johannes Bergc9c59622016-03-31 20:02:11 +03002442 IEEE80211_HW_USES_RSS,
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002443 IEEE80211_HW_TX_AMSDU,
2444 IEEE80211_HW_TX_FRAG_LIST,
Rajkumar Manoharane8a24cd2016-09-14 12:48:32 +05302445 IEEE80211_HW_REPORTS_LOW_ACK,
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03002446 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG,
Yingying Tange2fb1b82017-10-24 16:51:10 +08002447 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TDLS_BUFFER_STA,
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02002448 IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP,
Ben Caradoc-Davies7c181f42018-03-19 12:57:44 +13002449 IEEE80211_HW_DOESNT_SUPPORT_QOS_NDP,
Johannes Bergadf8ed02018-08-31 11:31:08 +03002450 IEEE80211_HW_BUFF_MMPDU_TXQ,
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03002451 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW,
Sara Sharon0eeb2b62018-09-05 08:06:09 +03002452 IEEE80211_HW_STA_MMPDU_TXQ,
Felix Fietkau77f7ffd2019-01-16 22:32:12 +01002453 IEEE80211_HW_TX_STATUS_NO_AMPDU_LEN,
Sara Sharoncaf56332019-01-16 23:03:25 +02002454 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_MULTI_BSSID,
2455 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_ONLY_HE_MULTI_BSSID,
Alexander Wetzeldc3998e2019-06-29 21:50:14 +02002456 IEEE80211_HW_AMPDU_KEYBORDER_SUPPORT,
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02002457 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_ENCAP_OFFLOAD,
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01002458 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_RX_DECAP_OFFLOAD,
Sriram R55f82052021-03-30 07:05:16 +05302459 IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_CONC_MON_RX_DECAP,
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002460
2461 /* keep last, obviously */
2462 NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS
Johannes Berg1bc08262007-09-18 17:29:15 -04002463};
2464
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002465/**
2466 * struct ieee80211_hw - hardware information and state
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002467 *
2468 * This structure contains the configuration and hardware
2469 * information for an 802.11 PHY.
2470 *
2471 * @wiphy: This points to the &struct wiphy allocated for this
2472 * 802.11 PHY. You must fill in the @perm_addr and @dev
2473 * members of this structure using SET_IEEE80211_DEV()
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01002474 * and SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(). Additionally, all supported
2475 * bands (with channels, bitrates) are registered here.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002476 *
2477 * @conf: &struct ieee80211_conf, device configuration, don't use.
2478 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002479 * @priv: pointer to private area that was allocated for driver use
2480 * along with this structure.
2481 *
2482 * @flags: hardware flags, see &enum ieee80211_hw_flags.
2483 *
2484 * @extra_tx_headroom: headroom to reserve in each transmit skb
2485 * for use by the driver (e.g. for transmit headers.)
2486 *
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002487 * @extra_beacon_tailroom: tailroom to reserve in each beacon tx skb.
2488 * Can be used by drivers to add extra IEs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002489 *
Bruno Randolf566bfe52008-05-08 19:15:40 +02002490 * @max_signal: Maximum value for signal (rssi) in RX information, used
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002491 * only when @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_UNSPEC or @IEEE80211_HW_SIGNAL_DB
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002492 *
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002493 * @max_listen_interval: max listen interval in units of beacon interval
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02002494 * that HW supports
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002495 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002496 * @queues: number of available hardware transmit queues for
Johannes Berge100bb62008-04-30 18:51:21 +02002497 * data packets. WMM/QoS requires at least four, these
2498 * queues need to have configurable access parameters.
2499 *
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002500 * @rate_control_algorithm: rate control algorithm for this hardware.
2501 * If unset (NULL), the default algorithm will be used. Must be
2502 * set before calling ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002503 *
2504 * @vif_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2505 * within &struct ieee80211_vif.
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002506 * @sta_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2507 * within &struct ieee80211_sta.
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002508 * @chanctx_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2509 * within &struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002510 * @txq_data_size: size (in bytes) of the drv_priv data area
2511 * within @struct ieee80211_txq.
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002512 *
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002513 * @max_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages the hw
2514 * can handle.
2515 * @max_report_rates: maximum number of alternate rate retry stages
2516 * the hw can report back.
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002517 * @max_rate_tries: maximum number of tries for each stage
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04002518 *
Luciano Coelhodf6ba5d2011-01-12 15:26:30 +02002519 * @max_rx_aggregation_subframes: maximum buffer size (number of
2520 * sub-frames) to be used for A-MPDU block ack receiver
2521 * aggregation.
2522 * This is only relevant if the device has restrictions on the
2523 * number of subframes, if it relies on mac80211 to do reordering
2524 * it shouldn't be set.
Johannes Berg5dd36bc2011-01-18 13:52:23 +01002525 *
2526 * @max_tx_aggregation_subframes: maximum number of subframes in an
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002527 * aggregate an HT/HE device will transmit. In HT AddBA we'll
2528 * advertise a constant value of 64 as some older APs crash if
2529 * the window size is smaller (an example is LinkSys WRT120N
2530 * with FW v1.0.07 build 002 Jun 18 2012).
2531 * For AddBA to HE capable peers this value will be used.
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002532 *
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002533 * @max_tx_fragments: maximum number of tx buffers per (A)-MSDU, sum
2534 * of 1 + skb_shinfo(skb)->nr_frags for each skb in the frag_list.
2535 *
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002536 * @offchannel_tx_hw_queue: HW queue ID to use for offchannel TX
2537 * (if %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL is set)
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002538 *
2539 * @radiotap_mcs_details: lists which MCS information can the HW
2540 * reports, by default it is set to _MCS, _GI and _BW but doesn't
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002541 * include _FMT. Use %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_MCS_HAVE_\* values, only
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002542 * adding _BW is supported today.
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002543 *
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002544 * @radiotap_vht_details: lists which VHT MCS information the HW reports,
2545 * the default is _GI | _BANDWIDTH.
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002546 * Use the %IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_VHT_KNOWN_\* values.
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002547 *
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002548 * @radiotap_he: HE radiotap validity flags
2549 *
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002550 * @radiotap_timestamp: Information for the radiotap timestamp field; if the
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002551 * @units_pos member is set to a non-negative value then the timestamp
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002552 * field will be added and populated from the &struct ieee80211_rx_status
Johannes Berg7d419462019-02-01 11:53:32 +01002553 * device_timestamp.
2554 * @radiotap_timestamp.units_pos: Must be set to a combination of a
2555 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_UNIT_* and a
2556 * IEEE80211_RADIOTAP_TIMESTAMP_SPOS_* value.
2557 * @radiotap_timestamp.accuracy: If non-negative, fills the accuracy in the
2558 * radiotap field and the accuracy known flag will be set.
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002559 *
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002560 * @netdev_features: netdev features to be set in each netdev created
Johannes Berg680a0da2015-04-13 16:58:25 +02002561 * from this HW. Note that not all features are usable with mac80211,
2562 * other features will be rejected during HW registration.
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002563 *
2564 * @uapsd_queues: This bitmap is included in (re)association frame to indicate
2565 * for each access category if it is uAPSD trigger-enabled and delivery-
2566 * enabled. Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_AC_* to set this bitmap.
2567 * Each bit corresponds to different AC. Value '1' in specific bit means
2568 * that corresponding AC is both trigger- and delivery-enabled. '0' means
2569 * neither enabled.
2570 *
2571 * @uapsd_max_sp_len: maximum number of total buffered frames the WMM AP may
2572 * deliver to a WMM STA during any Service Period triggered by the WMM STA.
2573 * Use IEEE80211_WMM_IE_STA_QOSINFO_SP_* for correct values.
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002574 *
2575 * @n_cipher_schemes: a size of an array of cipher schemes definitions.
2576 * @cipher_schemes: a pointer to an array of cipher scheme definitions
2577 * supported by HW.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002578 * @max_nan_de_entries: maximum number of NAN DE functions supported by the
2579 * device.
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002580 *
2581 * @tx_sk_pacing_shift: Pacing shift to set on TCP sockets when frames from
2582 * them are encountered. The default should typically not be changed,
2583 * unless the driver has good reasons for needing more buffers.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002584 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensencb868802019-01-29 11:31:26 +01002585 * @weight_multiplier: Driver specific airtime weight multiplier used while
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002586 * refilling deficit of each TXQ.
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002587 *
2588 * @max_mtu: the max mtu could be set.
Johannes Berg7ac1bd62007-09-14 11:10:25 -04002589 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002590struct ieee80211_hw {
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002591 struct ieee80211_conf conf;
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002592 struct wiphy *wiphy;
Johannes Berg830f9032007-10-28 14:51:05 +01002593 const char *rate_control_algorithm;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002594 void *priv;
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002595 unsigned long flags[BITS_TO_LONGS(NUM_IEEE80211_HW_FLAGS)];
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002596 unsigned int extra_tx_headroom;
Felix Fietkau70dabeb2013-12-14 13:54:53 +01002597 unsigned int extra_beacon_tailroom;
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01002598 int vif_data_size;
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02002599 int sta_data_size;
Michal Kaziord01a1e62012-06-26 14:37:16 +02002600 int chanctx_data_size;
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01002601 int txq_data_size;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002602 u16 queues;
Tomas Winklerea95bba2008-07-18 13:53:00 +08002603 u16 max_listen_interval;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002604 s8 max_signal;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002605 u8 max_rates;
Helmut Schaa78be49e2010-10-02 11:31:55 +02002606 u8 max_report_rates;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002607 u8 max_rate_tries;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03002608 u16 max_rx_aggregation_subframes;
2609 u16 max_tx_aggregation_subframes;
Felix Fietkau6e0456b2016-03-03 22:59:00 +01002610 u8 max_tx_fragments;
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02002611 u8 offchannel_tx_hw_queue;
Johannes Bergac55d2f2012-05-10 09:09:10 +02002612 u8 radiotap_mcs_details;
Johannes Berg51648922012-11-22 23:00:18 +01002613 u16 radiotap_vht_details;
Johannes Berg99ee7ca2016-08-29 23:25:17 +03002614 struct {
2615 int units_pos;
2616 s16 accuracy;
2617 } radiotap_timestamp;
Arik Nemtsov72d78722012-05-10 16:18:26 +03002618 netdev_features_t netdev_features;
Alexander Bondar219c3862013-01-22 16:52:23 +02002619 u8 uapsd_queues;
2620 u8 uapsd_max_sp_len;
Max Stepanov2475b1cc2013-03-24 14:23:27 +02002621 u8 n_cipher_schemes;
2622 const struct ieee80211_cipher_scheme *cipher_schemes;
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03002623 u8 max_nan_de_entries;
Wen Gong70e53662018-08-08 18:40:01 +08002624 u8 tx_sk_pacing_shift;
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08002625 u8 weight_multiplier;
Wen Gong06354662019-09-06 10:48:57 +08002626 u32 max_mtu;
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002627};
2628
Johannes Berg30686bf2015-06-02 21:39:54 +02002629static inline bool _ieee80211_hw_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2630 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2631{
2632 return test_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2633}
2634#define ieee80211_hw_check(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_check(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2635
2636static inline void _ieee80211_hw_set(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
2637 enum ieee80211_hw_flags flg)
2638{
2639 return __set_bit(flg, hw->flags);
2640}
2641#define ieee80211_hw_set(hw, flg) _ieee80211_hw_set(hw, IEEE80211_HW_##flg)
2642
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002643/**
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02002644 * struct ieee80211_scan_request - hw scan request
2645 *
2646 * @ies: pointers different parts of IEs (in req.ie)
2647 * @req: cfg80211 request.
2648 */
2649struct ieee80211_scan_request {
2650 struct ieee80211_scan_ies ies;
2651
2652 /* Keep last */
2653 struct cfg80211_scan_request req;
2654};
2655
2656/**
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02002657 * struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params - TDLS channel switch parameters
2658 *
2659 * @sta: peer this TDLS channel-switch request/response came from
2660 * @chandef: channel referenced in a TDLS channel-switch request
2661 * @action_code: see &enum ieee80211_tdls_actioncode
2662 * @status: channel-switch response status
2663 * @timestamp: time at which the frame was received
2664 * @switch_time: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2665 * @switch_timeout: switch-timing parameter received in the frame
2666 * @tmpl_skb: TDLS switch-channel response template
2667 * @ch_sw_tm_ie: offset of the channel-switch timing IE inside @tmpl_skb
2668 */
2669struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params {
2670 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
2671 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef;
2672 u8 action_code;
2673 u32 status;
2674 u32 timestamp;
2675 u16 switch_time;
2676 u16 switch_timeout;
2677 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb;
2678 u32 ch_sw_tm_ie;
2679};
2680
2681/**
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002682 * wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw - return a mac80211 driver hw struct from a wiphy
2683 *
2684 * @wiphy: the &struct wiphy which we want to query
2685 *
2686 * mac80211 drivers can use this to get to their respective
2687 * &struct ieee80211_hw. Drivers wishing to get to their own private
2688 * structure can then access it via hw->priv. Note that mac802111 drivers should
2689 * not use wiphy_priv() to try to get their private driver structure as this
2690 * is already used internally by mac80211.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01002691 *
2692 * Return: The mac80211 driver hw struct of @wiphy.
Luis R. Rodriguez9a953712009-01-22 15:05:53 -08002693 */
2694struct ieee80211_hw *wiphy_to_ieee80211_hw(struct wiphy *wiphy);
2695
2696/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002697 * SET_IEEE80211_DEV - set device for 802.11 hardware
2698 *
2699 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the device for
2700 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
2701 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002702static inline void SET_IEEE80211_DEV(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct device *dev)
2703{
2704 set_wiphy_dev(hw->wiphy, dev);
2705}
2706
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002707/**
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002708 * SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR - set the permanent MAC address for 802.11 hardware
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002709 *
2710 * @hw: the &struct ieee80211_hw to set the MAC address for
2711 * @addr: the address to set
2712 */
Bjorn Andersson538dc902015-12-24 00:33:26 -08002713static inline void SET_IEEE80211_PERM_ADDR(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, const u8 *addr)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07002714{
2715 memcpy(hw->wiphy->perm_addr, addr, ETH_ALEN);
2716}
2717
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002718static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2719ieee80211_get_tx_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002720 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002721{
Larry Fingeraa331df2012-04-06 16:35:53 -05002722 if (WARN_ON_ONCE(c->control.rates[0].idx < 0))
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002723 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002724 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[0].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002725}
2726
2727static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2728ieee80211_get_rts_cts_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002729 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002730{
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002731 if (c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002732 return NULL;
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02002733 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rts_cts_rate_idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002734}
2735
2736static inline struct ieee80211_rate *
2737ieee80211_get_alt_retry_rate(const struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Felix Fietkau870abdf2008-10-05 18:04:24 +02002738 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *c, int idx)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002739{
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002740 if (c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx < 0)
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002741 return NULL;
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02002742 return &hw->wiphy->bands[c->band]->bitrates[c->control.rates[idx + 1].idx];
Johannes Berg2e92e6f2008-05-15 12:55:27 +02002743}
2744
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002745/**
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002746 * ieee80211_free_txskb - free TX skb
2747 * @hw: the hardware
2748 * @skb: the skb
2749 *
Joe Perches3f2aef12019-10-24 11:32:12 -07002750 * Free a transmit skb. Use this function when some failure
Johannes Berg6096de72011-11-04 11:18:10 +01002751 * to transmit happened and thus status cannot be reported.
2752 */
2753void ieee80211_free_txskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
2754
2755/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002756 * DOC: Hardware crypto acceleration
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002757 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002758 * mac80211 is capable of taking advantage of many hardware
2759 * acceleration designs for encryption and decryption operations.
2760 *
2761 * The set_key() callback in the &struct ieee80211_ops for a given
2762 * device is called to enable hardware acceleration of encryption and
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01002763 * decryption. The callback takes a @sta parameter that will be NULL
2764 * for default keys or keys used for transmission only, or point to
2765 * the station information for the peer for individual keys.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002766 * Multiple transmission keys with the same key index may be used when
2767 * VLANs are configured for an access point.
2768 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002769 * When transmitting, the TX control data will use the @hw_key_idx
2770 * selected by the driver by modifying the &struct ieee80211_key_conf
2771 * pointed to by the @key parameter to the set_key() function.
2772 *
2773 * The set_key() call for the %SET_KEY command should return 0 if
2774 * the key is now in use, -%EOPNOTSUPP or -%ENOSPC if it couldn't be
2775 * added; if you return 0 then hw_key_idx must be assigned to the
2776 * hardware key index, you are free to use the full u8 range.
2777 *
Johannes Bergfa7e1fb2015-01-22 18:44:19 +01002778 * Note that in the case that the @IEEE80211_HW_SW_CRYPTO_CONTROL flag is
2779 * set, mac80211 will not automatically fall back to software crypto if
2780 * enabling hardware crypto failed. The set_key() call may also return the
2781 * value 1 to permit this specific key/algorithm to be done in software.
2782 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002783 * When the cmd is %DISABLE_KEY then it must succeed.
2784 *
2785 * Note that it is permissible to not decrypt a frame even if a key
2786 * for it has been uploaded to hardware, the stack will not make any
2787 * decision based on whether a key has been uploaded or not but rather
2788 * based on the receive flags.
2789 *
2790 * The &struct ieee80211_key_conf structure pointed to by the @key
2791 * parameter is guaranteed to be valid until another call to set_key()
2792 * removes it, but it can only be used as a cookie to differentiate
2793 * keys.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002794 *
2795 * In TKIP some HW need to be provided a phase 1 key, for RX decryption
2796 * acceleration (i.e. iwlwifi). Those drivers should provide update_tkip_key
2797 * handler.
2798 * The update_tkip_key() call updates the driver with the new phase 1 key.
Lucas De Marchi25985ed2011-03-30 22:57:33 -03002799 * This happens every time the iv16 wraps around (every 65536 packets). The
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002800 * set_key() call will happen only once for each key (unless the AP did
2801 * rekeying), it will not include a valid phase 1 key. The valid phase 1 key is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04002802 * provided by update_tkip_key only. The trigger that makes mac80211 call this
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02002803 * handler is software decryption with wrap around of iv16.
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03002804 *
2805 * The set_default_unicast_key() call updates the default WEP key index
2806 * configured to the hardware for WEP encryption type. This is required
2807 * for devices that support offload of data packets (e.g. ARP responses).
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002808 *
2809 * Mac80211 drivers should set the @NL80211_EXT_FEATURE_CAN_REPLACE_PTK0 flag
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07002810 * when they are able to replace in-use PTK keys according to the following
Alexander Wetzel62872a92018-08-31 15:00:38 +02002811 * requirements:
2812 * 1) They do not hand over frames decrypted with the old key to
2813 mac80211 once the call to set_key() with command %DISABLE_KEY has been
2814 completed when also setting @IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_GENERATE_IV for any key,
2815 2) either drop or continue to use the old key for any outgoing frames queued
2816 at the time of the key deletion (including re-transmits),
2817 3) never send out a frame queued prior to the set_key() %SET_KEY command
2818 encrypted with the new key and
2819 4) never send out a frame unencrypted when it should be encrypted.
2820 Mac80211 will not queue any new frames for a deleted key to the driver.
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002821 */
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04002822
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002823/**
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002824 * DOC: Powersave support
2825 *
2826 * mac80211 has support for various powersave implementations.
2827 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002828 * First, it can support hardware that handles all powersaving by itself,
2829 * such hardware should simply set the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS hardware
2830 * flag. In that case, it will be told about the desired powersave mode
2831 * with the %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag depending on the association status.
2832 * The hardware must take care of sending nullfunc frames when necessary,
2833 * i.e. when entering and leaving powersave mode. The hardware is required
2834 * to look at the AID in beacons and signal to the AP that it woke up when
2835 * it finds traffic directed to it.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002836 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002837 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS flag enabled means that the powersave mode defined in
2838 * IEEE 802.11-2007 section 11.2 is enabled. This is not to be confused
2839 * with hardware wakeup and sleep states. Driver is responsible for waking
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002840 * up the hardware before issuing commands to the hardware and putting it
2841 * back to sleep at appropriate times.
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002842 *
2843 * When PS is enabled, hardware needs to wakeup for beacons and receive the
2844 * buffered multicast/broadcast frames after the beacon. Also it must be
2845 * possible to send frames and receive the acknowledment frame.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002846 *
2847 * Other hardware designs cannot send nullfunc frames by themselves and also
2848 * need software support for parsing the TIM bitmap. This is also supported
2849 * by mac80211 by combining the %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS and
2850 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK flags. The hardware is of course still
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002851 * required to pass up beacons. The hardware is still required to handle
2852 * waking up for multicast traffic; if it cannot the driver must handle that
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002853 * as best as it can, mac80211 is too slow to do that.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002854 *
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002855 * Dynamic powersave is an extension to normal powersave in which the
2856 * hardware stays awake for a user-specified period of time after sending a
2857 * frame so that reply frames need not be buffered and therefore delayed to
2858 * the next wakeup. It's compromise of getting good enough latency when
2859 * there's data traffic and still saving significantly power in idle
2860 * periods.
2861 *
Bob Copeland2738bd62010-08-21 16:39:01 -04002862 * Dynamic powersave is simply supported by mac80211 enabling and disabling
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002863 * PS based on traffic. Driver needs to only set %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_PS
2864 * flag and mac80211 will handle everything automatically. Additionally,
2865 * hardware having support for the dynamic PS feature may set the
2866 * %IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_DYNAMIC_PS flag to indicate that it can support
2867 * dynamic PS mode itself. The driver needs to look at the
2868 * @dynamic_ps_timeout hardware configuration value and use it that value
2869 * whenever %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. In this case mac80211 will disable
2870 * dynamic PS feature in stack and will just keep %IEEE80211_CONF_PS
2871 * enabled whenever user has enabled powersave.
2872 *
2873 * Driver informs U-APSD client support by enabling
Johannes Berg848955c2014-11-11 12:48:42 +01002874 * %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_UAPSD flag. The mode is configured through the
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09002875 * uapsd parameter in conf_tx() operation. Hardware needs to send the QoS
Kalle Valoc99445b2010-01-14 13:09:21 +02002876 * Nullfunc frames and stay awake until the service period has ended. To
2877 * utilize U-APSD, dynamic powersave is disabled for voip AC and all frames
2878 * from that AC are transmitted with powersave enabled.
2879 *
2880 * Note: U-APSD client mode is not yet supported with
2881 * %IEEE80211_HW_PS_NULLFUNC_STACK.
Johannes Berg4be8c382009-01-07 18:28:20 +01002882 */
2883
2884/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002885 * DOC: Beacon filter support
2886 *
2887 * Some hardware have beacon filter support to reduce host cpu wakeups
Justin P. Mattock42b2aa82011-11-28 20:31:00 -08002888 * which will reduce system power consumption. It usually works so that
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002889 * the firmware creates a checksum of the beacon but omits all constantly
2890 * changing elements (TSF, TIM etc). Whenever the checksum changes the
2891 * beacon is forwarded to the host, otherwise it will be just dropped. That
2892 * way the host will only receive beacons where some relevant information
2893 * (for example ERP protection or WMM settings) have changed.
2894 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01002895 * Beacon filter support is advertised with the %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER
2896 * interface capability. The driver needs to enable beacon filter support
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002897 * whenever power save is enabled, that is %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set. When
2898 * power save is enabled, the stack will not check for beacon loss and the
2899 * driver needs to notify about loss of beacons with ieee80211_beacon_loss().
2900 *
2901 * The time (or number of beacons missed) until the firmware notifies the
2902 * driver of a beacon loss event (which in turn causes the driver to call
2903 * ieee80211_beacon_loss()) should be configurable and will be controlled
2904 * by mac80211 and the roaming algorithm in the future.
2905 *
2906 * Since there may be constantly changing information elements that nothing
2907 * in the software stack cares about, we will, in the future, have mac80211
2908 * tell the driver which information elements are interesting in the sense
2909 * that we want to see changes in them. This will include
Jani Nikulab4f7f4a2016-10-21 15:57:23 +03002910 *
Johannes Berg955394c2009-04-16 17:04:25 +02002911 * - a list of information element IDs
2912 * - a list of OUIs for the vendor information element
2913 *
2914 * Ideally, the hardware would filter out any beacons without changes in the
2915 * requested elements, but if it cannot support that it may, at the expense
2916 * of some efficiency, filter out only a subset. For example, if the device
2917 * doesn't support checking for OUIs it should pass up all changes in all
2918 * vendor information elements.
2919 *
2920 * Note that change, for the sake of simplification, also includes information
2921 * elements appearing or disappearing from the beacon.
2922 *
2923 * Some hardware supports an "ignore list" instead, just make sure nothing
2924 * that was requested is on the ignore list, and include commonly changing
2925 * information element IDs in the ignore list, for example 11 (BSS load) and
2926 * the various vendor-assigned IEs with unknown contents (128, 129, 133-136,
2927 * 149, 150, 155, 156, 173, 176, 178, 179, 219); for forward compatibility
2928 * it could also include some currently unused IDs.
2929 *
2930 *
2931 * In addition to these capabilities, hardware should support notifying the
2932 * host of changes in the beacon RSSI. This is relevant to implement roaming
2933 * when no traffic is flowing (when traffic is flowing we see the RSSI of
2934 * the received data packets). This can consist in notifying the host when
2935 * the RSSI changes significantly or when it drops below or rises above
2936 * configurable thresholds. In the future these thresholds will also be
2937 * configured by mac80211 (which gets them from userspace) to implement
2938 * them as the roaming algorithm requires.
2939 *
2940 * If the hardware cannot implement this, the driver should ask it to
2941 * periodically pass beacon frames to the host so that software can do the
2942 * signal strength threshold checking.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02002943 */
2944
2945/**
Johannes Berg0f782312009-12-01 13:37:02 +01002946 * DOC: Spatial multiplexing power save
2947 *
2948 * SMPS (Spatial multiplexing power save) is a mechanism to conserve
2949 * power in an 802.11n implementation. For details on the mechanism
2950 * and rationale, please refer to 802.11 (as amended by 802.11n-2009)
2951 * "11.2.3 SM power save".
2952 *
2953 * The mac80211 implementation is capable of sending action frames
2954 * to update the AP about the station's SMPS mode, and will instruct
2955 * the driver to enter the specific mode. It will also announce the
2956 * requested SMPS mode during the association handshake. Hardware
2957 * support for this feature is required, and can be indicated by
2958 * hardware flags.
2959 *
2960 * The default mode will be "automatic", which nl80211/cfg80211
2961 * defines to be dynamic SMPS in (regular) powersave, and SMPS
2962 * turned off otherwise.
2963 *
2964 * To support this feature, the driver must set the appropriate
2965 * hardware support flags, and handle the SMPS flag to the config()
2966 * operation. It will then with this mechanism be instructed to
2967 * enter the requested SMPS mode while associated to an HT AP.
2968 */
2969
2970/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002971 * DOC: Frame filtering
2972 *
2973 * mac80211 requires to see many management frames for proper
2974 * operation, and users may want to see many more frames when
2975 * in monitor mode. However, for best CPU usage and power consumption,
2976 * having as few frames as possible percolate through the stack is
2977 * desirable. Hence, the hardware should filter as much as possible.
2978 *
2979 * To achieve this, mac80211 uses filter flags (see below) to tell
2980 * the driver's configure_filter() function which frames should be
2981 * passed to mac80211 and which should be filtered out.
2982 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02002983 * Before configure_filter() is invoked, the prepare_multicast()
2984 * callback is invoked with the parameters @mc_count and @mc_list
2985 * for the combined multicast address list of all virtual interfaces.
2986 * It's use is optional, and it returns a u64 that is passed to
2987 * configure_filter(). Additionally, configure_filter() has the
2988 * arguments @changed_flags telling which flags were changed and
2989 * @total_flags with the new flag states.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04002990 *
2991 * If your device has no multicast address filters your driver will
2992 * need to check both the %FIF_ALLMULTI flag and the @mc_count
2993 * parameter to see whether multicast frames should be accepted
2994 * or dropped.
2995 *
Michael Bueschd0f5afb2008-02-12 20:12:45 +01002996 * All unsupported flags in @total_flags must be cleared.
2997 * Hardware does not support a flag if it is incapable of _passing_
2998 * the frame to the stack. Otherwise the driver must ignore
2999 * the flag, but not clear it.
3000 * You must _only_ clear the flag (announce no support for the
3001 * flag to mac80211) if you are not able to pass the packet type
3002 * to the stack (so the hardware always filters it).
3003 * So for example, you should clear @FIF_CONTROL, if your hardware
3004 * always filters control frames. If your hardware always passes
3005 * control frames to the kernel and is incapable of filtering them,
3006 * you do _not_ clear the @FIF_CONTROL flag.
3007 * This rule applies to all other FIF flags as well.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003008 */
3009
3010/**
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003011 * DOC: AP support for powersaving clients
3012 *
3013 * In order to implement AP and P2P GO modes, mac80211 has support for
3014 * client powersaving, both "legacy" PS (PS-Poll/null data) and uAPSD.
3015 * There currently is no support for sAPSD.
3016 *
3017 * There is one assumption that mac80211 makes, namely that a client
3018 * will not poll with PS-Poll and trigger with uAPSD at the same time.
3019 * Both are supported, and both can be used by the same client, but
3020 * they can't be used concurrently by the same client. This simplifies
3021 * the driver code.
3022 *
3023 * The first thing to keep in mind is that there is a flag for complete
3024 * driver implementation: %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS. If this flag is set,
3025 * mac80211 expects the driver to handle most of the state machine for
3026 * powersaving clients and will ignore the PM bit in incoming frames.
3027 * Drivers then use ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() to inform mac80211 of
3028 * stations' powersave transitions. In this mode, mac80211 also doesn't
3029 * handle PS-Poll/uAPSD.
3030 *
3031 * In the mode without %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS, mac80211 will check the
3032 * PM bit in incoming frames for client powersave transitions. When a
3033 * station goes to sleep, we will stop transmitting to it. There is,
3034 * however, a race condition: a station might go to sleep while there is
3035 * data buffered on hardware queues. If the device has support for this
3036 * it will reject frames, and the driver should give the frames back to
3037 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_STAT_TX_FILTERED flag set which will
3038 * cause mac80211 to retry the frame when the station wakes up. The
3039 * driver is also notified of powersave transitions by calling its
3040 * @sta_notify callback.
3041 *
3042 * When the station is asleep, it has three choices: it can wake up,
3043 * it can PS-Poll, or it can possibly start a uAPSD service period.
3044 * Waking up is implemented by simply transmitting all buffered (and
3045 * filtered) frames to the station. This is the easiest case. When
3046 * the station sends a PS-Poll or a uAPSD trigger frame, mac80211
3047 * will inform the driver of this with the @allow_buffered_frames
3048 * callback; this callback is optional. mac80211 will then transmit
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003049 * the frames as usual and set the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003050 * on each frame. The last frame in the service period (or the only
3051 * response to a PS-Poll) also has %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set to
3052 * indicate that it ends the service period; as this frame must have
3053 * TX status report it also sets %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_REQ_TX_STATUS.
3054 * When TX status is reported for this frame, the service period is
3055 * marked has having ended and a new one can be started by the peer.
3056 *
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003057 * Additionally, non-bufferable MMPDUs can also be transmitted by
3058 * mac80211 with the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER set in them.
3059 *
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003060 * Another race condition can happen on some devices like iwlwifi
3061 * when there are frames queued for the station and it wakes up
3062 * or polls; the frames that are already queued could end up being
3063 * transmitted first instead, causing reordering and/or wrong
3064 * processing of the EOSP. The cause is that allowing frames to be
3065 * transmitted to a certain station is out-of-band communication to
3066 * the device. To allow this problem to be solved, the driver can
3067 * call ieee80211_sta_block_awake() if frames are buffered when it
3068 * is notified that the station went to sleep. When all these frames
3069 * have been filtered (see above), it must call the function again
3070 * to indicate that the station is no longer blocked.
3071 *
3072 * If the driver buffers frames in the driver for aggregation in any
3073 * way, it must use the ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() call when it is
3074 * notified of the station going to sleep to inform mac80211 of any
3075 * TIDs that have frames buffered. Note that when a station wakes up
3076 * this information is reset (hence the requirement to call it when
3077 * informed of the station going to sleep). Then, when a service
3078 * period starts for any reason, @release_buffered_frames is called
3079 * with the number of frames to be released and which TIDs they are
3080 * to come from. In this case, the driver is responsible for setting
3081 * the EOSP (for uAPSD) and MORE_DATA bits in the released frames,
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003082 * to help the @more_data parameter is passed to tell the driver if
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003083 * there is more data on other TIDs -- the TIDs to release frames
3084 * from are ignored since mac80211 doesn't know how many frames the
3085 * buffers for those TIDs contain.
3086 *
3087 * If the driver also implement GO mode, where absence periods may
3088 * shorten service periods (or abort PS-Poll responses), it must
3089 * filter those response frames except in the case of frames that
3090 * are buffered in the driver -- those must remain buffered to avoid
3091 * reordering. Because it is possible that no frames are released
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003092 * in this case, the driver must call ieee80211_sta_eosp()
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003093 * to indicate to mac80211 that the service period ended anyway.
3094 *
3095 * Finally, if frames from multiple TIDs are released from mac80211
3096 * but the driver might reorder them, it must clear & set the flags
3097 * appropriately (only the last frame may have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP)
3098 * and also take care of the EOSP and MORE_DATA bits in the frame.
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003099 * The driver may also use ieee80211_sta_eosp() in this case.
Johannes Bergb77cf4f2014-01-09 00:00:38 +01003100 *
3101 * Note that if the driver ever buffers frames other than QoS-data
3102 * frames, it must take care to never send a non-QoS-data frame as
3103 * the last frame in a service period, adding a QoS-nulldata frame
3104 * after a non-QoS-data frame if needed.
Johannes Berg4b801bc2011-09-29 16:04:40 +02003105 */
3106
3107/**
Johannes Berg3a25a8c2012-04-03 16:28:50 +02003108 * DOC: HW queue control
3109 *
3110 * Before HW queue control was introduced, mac80211 only had a single static
3111 * assignment of per-interface AC software queues to hardware queues. This
3112 * was problematic for a few reasons:
3113 * 1) off-channel transmissions might get stuck behind other frames
3114 * 2) multiple virtual interfaces couldn't be handled correctly
3115 * 3) after-DTIM frames could get stuck behind other frames
3116 *
3117 * To solve this, hardware typically uses multiple different queues for all
3118 * the different usages, and this needs to be propagated into mac80211 so it
3119 * won't have the same problem with the software queues.
3120 *
3121 * Therefore, mac80211 now offers the %IEEE80211_HW_QUEUE_CONTROL capability
3122 * flag that tells it that the driver implements its own queue control. To do
3123 * so, the driver will set up the various queues in each &struct ieee80211_vif
3124 * and the offchannel queue in &struct ieee80211_hw. In response, mac80211 will
3125 * use those queue IDs in the hw_queue field of &struct ieee80211_tx_info and
3126 * if necessary will queue the frame on the right software queue that mirrors
3127 * the hardware queue.
3128 * Additionally, the driver has to then use these HW queue IDs for the queue
3129 * management functions (ieee80211_stop_queue() et al.)
3130 *
3131 * The driver is free to set up the queue mappings as needed, multiple virtual
3132 * interfaces may map to the same hardware queues if needed. The setup has to
3133 * happen during add_interface or change_interface callbacks. For example, a
3134 * driver supporting station+station and station+AP modes might decide to have
3135 * 10 hardware queues to handle different scenarios:
3136 *
3137 * 4 AC HW queues for 1st vif: 0, 1, 2, 3
3138 * 4 AC HW queues for 2nd vif: 4, 5, 6, 7
3139 * after-DTIM queue for AP: 8
3140 * off-channel queue: 9
3141 *
3142 * It would then set up the hardware like this:
3143 * hw.offchannel_tx_hw_queue = 9
3144 *
3145 * and the first virtual interface that is added as follows:
3146 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VO] = 0
3147 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_VI] = 1
3148 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BE] = 2
3149 * vif.hw_queue[IEEE80211_AC_BK] = 3
3150 * vif.cab_queue = 8 // if AP mode, otherwise %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3151 * and the second virtual interface with 4-7.
3152 *
3153 * If queue 6 gets full, for example, mac80211 would only stop the second
3154 * virtual interface's BE queue since virtual interface queues are per AC.
3155 *
3156 * Note that the vif.cab_queue value should be set to %IEEE80211_INVAL_HW_QUEUE
3157 * whenever the queue is not used (i.e. the interface is not in AP mode) if the
3158 * queue could potentially be shared since mac80211 will look at cab_queue when
3159 * a queue is stopped/woken even if the interface is not in AP mode.
3160 */
3161
3162/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003163 * enum ieee80211_filter_flags - hardware filter flags
3164 *
3165 * These flags determine what the filter in hardware should be
3166 * programmed to let through and what should not be passed to the
3167 * stack. It is always safe to pass more frames than requested,
3168 * but this has negative impact on power consumption.
3169 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003170 * @FIF_ALLMULTI: pass all multicast frames, this is used if requested
3171 * by the user or if the hardware is not capable of filtering by
3172 * multicast address.
3173 *
3174 * @FIF_FCSFAIL: pass frames with failed FCS (but you need to set the
3175 * %RX_FLAG_FAILED_FCS_CRC for them)
3176 *
3177 * @FIF_PLCPFAIL: pass frames with failed PLCP CRC (but you need to set
3178 * the %RX_FLAG_FAILED_PLCP_CRC for them
3179 *
3180 * @FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC: This flag is set during scanning to indicate
3181 * to the hardware that it should not filter beacons or probe responses
3182 * by BSSID. Filtering them can greatly reduce the amount of processing
3183 * mac80211 needs to do and the amount of CPU wakeups, so you should
3184 * honour this flag if possible.
3185 *
Johannes Bergdf140462015-04-22 14:40:58 +02003186 * @FIF_CONTROL: pass control frames (except for PS Poll) addressed to this
3187 * station
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003188 *
3189 * @FIF_OTHER_BSS: pass frames destined to other BSSes
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003190 *
Jakub Kicinskic2d39552015-06-02 21:10:13 +02003191 * @FIF_PSPOLL: pass PS Poll frames
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003192 *
3193 * @FIF_PROBE_REQ: pass probe request frames
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003194 *
3195 * @FIF_MCAST_ACTION: pass multicast Action frames
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003196 */
3197enum ieee80211_filter_flags {
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003198 FIF_ALLMULTI = 1<<1,
3199 FIF_FCSFAIL = 1<<2,
3200 FIF_PLCPFAIL = 1<<3,
3201 FIF_BCN_PRBRESP_PROMISC = 1<<4,
3202 FIF_CONTROL = 1<<5,
3203 FIF_OTHER_BSS = 1<<6,
Igor Perminove3b90ca2009-08-04 16:48:51 +04003204 FIF_PSPOLL = 1<<7,
Johannes Berg7be50862010-10-13 12:06:24 +02003205 FIF_PROBE_REQ = 1<<8,
Jouni Malinen873b1cf2020-04-21 17:48:15 +03003206 FIF_MCAST_ACTION = 1<<9,
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003207};
3208
3209/**
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003210 * enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action - A-MPDU actions
3211 *
3212 * These flags are used with the ampdu_action() callback in
3213 * &struct ieee80211_ops to indicate which action is needed.
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003214 *
3215 * Note that drivers MUST be able to deal with a TX aggregation
3216 * session being stopped even before they OK'ed starting it by
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02003217 * calling ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe, because the peer
Johannes Berg827d42c2009-11-22 12:28:41 +01003218 * might receive the addBA frame and send a delBA right away!
3219 *
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003220 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START: start RX aggregation
3221 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP: stop RX aggregation
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003222 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START: start TX aggregation, the driver must either
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003223 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() or
3224 * call ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() with status
3225 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA to delay addba after
3226 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe is called, or just return the special
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003227 * status %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE.
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003228 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL: TX aggregation has become operational
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003229 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT: stop TX aggregation but continue transmitting
3230 * queued packets, now unaggregated. After all packets are transmitted the
3231 * driver has to call ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe().
3232 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH: stop TX aggregation and flush all packets,
3233 * called when the station is removed. There's no need or reason to call
3234 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() in this case as mac80211 assumes the
3235 * session is gone and removes the station.
3236 * @IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT: called when TX aggregation is stopped
3237 * but the driver hasn't called ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe() yet and
3238 * now the connection is dropped and the station will be removed. Drivers
3239 * should clean up and drop remaining packets when this is called.
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003240 */
3241enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action {
3242 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START,
3243 IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_STOP,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02003244 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START,
Johannes Berg18b559d2012-07-18 13:51:25 +02003245 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_CONT,
3246 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH,
3247 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_STOP_FLUSH_CONT,
Johannes Bergb1720232009-03-23 17:28:39 +01003248 IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL,
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02003249};
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003250
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003251#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE 1
Mordechay Goodstein0c197f12020-03-26 15:09:38 +02003252#define IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_DELAY_ADDBA 2
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02003253
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003254/**
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003255 * struct ieee80211_ampdu_params - AMPDU action parameters
3256 *
3257 * @action: the ampdu action, value from %ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
3258 * @sta: peer of this AMPDU session
3259 * @tid: tid of the BA session
3260 * @ssn: start sequence number of the session. TX/RX_STOP can pass 0. When
3261 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START the driver passes back the
3262 * actual ssn value used to start the session and writes the value here.
3263 * @buf_size: reorder buffer size (number of subframes). Valid only when the
3264 * action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START or
3265 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3266 * @amsdu: indicates the peer's ability to receive A-MSDU within A-MPDU.
3267 * valid when the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL
3268 * @timeout: BA session timeout. Valid only when the action is set to
3269 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_RX_START
3270 */
3271struct ieee80211_ampdu_params {
3272 enum ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action action;
3273 struct ieee80211_sta *sta;
3274 u16 tid;
3275 u16 ssn;
Luca Coelho41cbb0f2018-06-09 09:14:44 +03003276 u16 buf_size;
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02003277 bool amsdu;
3278 u16 timeout;
3279};
3280
3281/**
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003282 * enum ieee80211_frame_release_type - frame release reason
3283 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL: frame released for PS-Poll
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003284 * @IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD: frame(s) released due to
3285 * frame received on trigger-enabled AC
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003286 */
3287enum ieee80211_frame_release_type {
3288 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_PSPOLL,
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003289 IEEE80211_FRAME_RELEASE_UAPSD,
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003290};
3291
3292/**
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003293 * enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed - flags to indicate what changed
3294 *
3295 * @IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED: The bandwidth that can be used to transmit
Johannes Berge1a0c6b2013-02-07 11:47:44 +01003296 * to this station changed. The actual bandwidth is in the station
3297 * information -- for HT20/40 the IEEE80211_HT_CAP_SUP_WIDTH_20_40
3298 * flag changes, for HT and VHT the bandwidth field changes.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003299 * @IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED: The SMPS state of the station changed.
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003300 * @IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED: The supported rate set of this peer
3301 * changed (in IBSS mode) due to discovering more information about
3302 * the peer.
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003303 * @IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED: N_SS (number of spatial streams) was changed
3304 * by the peer
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003305 */
3306enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed {
3307 IEEE80211_RC_BW_CHANGED = BIT(0),
3308 IEEE80211_RC_SMPS_CHANGED = BIT(1),
Antonio Quartullie687f612012-08-12 18:24:55 +02003309 IEEE80211_RC_SUPP_RATES_CHANGED = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg0af83d32012-12-27 18:55:36 +01003310 IEEE80211_RC_NSS_CHANGED = BIT(3),
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003311};
3312
3313/**
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003314 * enum ieee80211_roc_type - remain on channel type
3315 *
3316 * With the support for multi channel contexts and multi channel operations,
3317 * remain on channel operations might be limited/deferred/aborted by other
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003318 * flows/operations which have higher priority (and vice versa).
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003319 * Specifying the ROC type can be used by devices to prioritize the ROC
3320 * operations compared to other operations/flows.
3321 *
3322 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL: There are no special requirements for this ROC.
3323 * @IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX: The remain on channel request is required
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13003324 * for sending management frames offchannel.
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02003325 */
3326enum ieee80211_roc_type {
3327 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_NORMAL = 0,
3328 IEEE80211_ROC_TYPE_MGMT_TX,
3329};
3330
3331/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02003332 * enum ieee80211_reconfig_type - reconfig type
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003333 *
3334 * This enum is used by the reconfig_complete() callback to indicate what
3335 * reconfiguration type was completed.
3336 *
3337 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART: hw restart type
3338 * (also due to resume() callback returning 1)
3339 * @IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND: suspend type (regardless
3340 * of wowlan configuration)
3341 */
3342enum ieee80211_reconfig_type {
3343 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_RESTART,
3344 IEEE80211_RECONFIG_TYPE_SUSPEND,
3345};
3346
3347/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003348 * struct ieee80211_ops - callbacks from mac80211 to the driver
3349 *
3350 * This structure contains various callbacks that the driver may
3351 * handle or, in some cases, must handle, for example to configure
3352 * the hardware to a new channel or to transmit a frame.
3353 *
3354 * @tx: Handler that 802.11 module calls for each transmitted frame.
3355 * skb contains the buffer starting from the IEEE 802.11 header.
3356 * The low-level driver should send the frame out based on
Johannes Bergeefce912008-05-17 00:57:13 +02003357 * configuration in the TX control data. This handler should,
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003358 * preferably, never fail and stop queues appropriately.
Johannes Berg11127e92011-11-16 16:02:47 +01003359 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003360 *
3361 * @start: Called before the first netdevice attached to the hardware
3362 * is enabled. This should turn on the hardware and must turn on
3363 * frame reception (for possibly enabled monitor interfaces.)
3364 * Returns negative error codes, these may be seen in userspace,
3365 * or zero.
3366 * When the device is started it should not have a MAC address
3367 * to avoid acknowledging frames before a non-monitor device
3368 * is added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003369 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003370 *
3371 * @stop: Called after last netdevice attached to the hardware
3372 * is disabled. This should turn off the hardware (at least
3373 * it must turn off frame reception.)
3374 * May be called right after add_interface if that rejects
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04003375 * an interface. If you added any work onto the mac80211 workqueue
3376 * you should ensure to cancel it on this callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003377 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003378 *
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003379 * @suspend: Suspend the device; mac80211 itself will quiesce before and
3380 * stop transmitting and doing any other configuration, and then
3381 * ask the device to suspend. This is only invoked when WoWLAN is
3382 * configured, otherwise the device is deconfigured completely and
3383 * reconfigured at resume time.
Johannes Berg2b4562d2011-07-02 00:02:01 +02003384 * The driver may also impose special conditions under which it
3385 * wants to use the "normal" suspend (deconfigure), say if it only
3386 * supports WoWLAN when the device is associated. In this case, it
3387 * must return 1 from this function.
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003388 *
3389 * @resume: If WoWLAN was configured, this indicates that mac80211 is
3390 * now resuming its operation, after this the device must be fully
3391 * functional again. If this returns an error, the only way out is
3392 * to also unregister the device. If it returns 1, then mac80211
3393 * will also go through the regular complete restart on resume.
3394 *
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02003395 * @set_wakeup: Enable or disable wakeup when WoWLAN configuration is
3396 * modified. The reason is that device_set_wakeup_enable() is
3397 * supposed to be called when the configuration changes, not only
3398 * in suspend().
3399 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003400 * @add_interface: Called when a netdevice attached to the hardware is
Bob Copelande37d4df2008-10-20 21:20:27 -04003401 * enabled. Because it is not called for monitor mode devices, @start
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003402 * and @stop must be implemented.
3403 * The driver should perform any initialization it needs before
3404 * the device can be enabled. The initial configuration for the
3405 * interface is given in the conf parameter.
3406 * The callback may refuse to add an interface by returning a
3407 * negative error code (which will be seen in userspace.)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003408 * Must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003409 *
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003410 * @change_interface: Called when a netdevice changes type. This callback
3411 * is optional, but only if it is supported can interface types be
3412 * switched while the interface is UP. The callback may sleep.
3413 * Note that while an interface is being switched, it will not be
3414 * found by the interface iteration callbacks.
3415 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003416 * @remove_interface: Notifies a driver that an interface is going down.
3417 * The @stop callback is called after this if it is the last interface
3418 * and no monitor interfaces are present.
3419 * When all interfaces are removed, the MAC address in the hardware
3420 * must be cleared so the device no longer acknowledges packets,
3421 * the mac_addr member of the conf structure is, however, set to the
3422 * MAC address of the device going away.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003423 * Hence, this callback must be implemented. It can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003424 *
3425 * @config: Handler for configuration requests. IEEE 802.11 code calls this
3426 * function to change hardware configuration, e.g., channel.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003427 * This function should never fail but returns a negative error code
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003428 * if it does. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003429 *
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003430 * @bss_info_changed: Handler for configuration requests related to BSS
3431 * parameters that may vary during BSS's lifespan, and may affect low
3432 * level driver (e.g. assoc/disassoc status, erp parameters).
3433 * This function should not be used if no BSS has been set, unless
3434 * for association indication. The @changed parameter indicates which
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003435 * of the bss parameters has changed when a call is made. The callback
3436 * can sleep.
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003437 *
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003438 * @prepare_multicast: Prepare for multicast filter configuration.
3439 * This callback is optional, and its return value is passed
3440 * to configure_filter(). This callback must be atomic.
3441 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003442 * @configure_filter: Configure the device's RX filter.
3443 * See the section "Frame filtering" for more information.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003444 * This callback must be implemented and can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003445 *
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003446 * @config_iface_filter: Configure the interface's RX filter.
3447 * This callback is optional and is used to configure which frames
3448 * should be passed to mac80211. The filter_flags is the combination
3449 * of FIF_* flags. The changed_flags is a bit mask that indicates
3450 * which flags are changed.
3451 * This callback can sleep.
3452 *
Luis R. Rodriguez546c80c92008-08-14 11:43:20 -07003453 * @set_tim: Set TIM bit. mac80211 calls this function when a TIM bit
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003454 * must be set or cleared for a given STA. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003455 *
3456 * @set_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003457 * This callback is only called between add_interface and
3458 * remove_interface calls, i.e. while the given virtual interface
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003459 * is enabled.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003460 * Returns a negative error code if the key can't be added.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003461 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003462 *
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003463 * @update_tkip_key: See the section "Hardware crypto acceleration"
3464 * This callback will be called in the context of Rx. Called for drivers
3465 * which set IEEE80211_KEY_FLAG_TKIP_REQ_RX_P1_KEY.
Kalle Valoeb807fb2010-01-24 14:55:12 +02003466 * The callback must be atomic.
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003467 *
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003468 * @set_rekey_data: If the device supports GTK rekeying, for example while the
3469 * host is suspended, it can assign this callback to retrieve the data
3470 * necessary to do GTK rekeying, this is the KEK, KCK and replay counter.
3471 * After rekeying was done it should (for example during resume) notify
3472 * userspace of the new replay counter using ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify().
3473 *
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003474 * @set_default_unicast_key: Set the default (unicast) key index, useful for
3475 * WEP when the device sends data packets autonomously, e.g. for ARP
3476 * offloading. The index can be 0-3, or -1 for unsetting it.
3477 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003478 * @hw_scan: Ask the hardware to service the scan request, no need to start
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01003479 * the scan state machine in stack. The scan must honour the channel
Kalle Valo9050bdd2009-03-22 21:57:21 +02003480 * configuration done by the regulatory agent in the wiphy's
3481 * registered bands. The hardware (or the driver) needs to make sure
Johannes Bergde95a54b2009-04-01 11:58:36 +02003482 * that power save is disabled.
3483 * The @req ie/ie_len members are rewritten by mac80211 to contain the
3484 * entire IEs after the SSID, so that drivers need not look at these
3485 * at all but just send them after the SSID -- mac80211 includes the
3486 * (extended) supported rates and HT information (where applicable).
3487 * When the scan finishes, ieee80211_scan_completed() must be called;
3488 * note that it also must be called when the scan cannot finish due to
3489 * any error unless this callback returned a negative error code.
Johannes Berge9da68d2018-10-18 10:35:47 +02003490 * This callback is also allowed to return the special return value 1,
3491 * this indicates that hardware scan isn't desirable right now and a
3492 * software scan should be done instead. A driver wishing to use this
3493 * capability must ensure its (hardware) scan capabilities aren't
3494 * advertised as more capable than mac80211's software scan is.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003495 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003496 *
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003497 * @cancel_hw_scan: Ask the low-level tp cancel the active hw scan.
3498 * The driver should ask the hardware to cancel the scan (if possible),
3499 * but the scan will be completed only after the driver will call
3500 * ieee80211_scan_completed().
3501 * This callback is needed for wowlan, to prevent enqueueing a new
3502 * scan_work after the low-level driver was already suspended.
3503 * The callback can sleep.
3504 *
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003505 * @sched_scan_start: Ask the hardware to start scanning repeatedly at
3506 * specific intervals. The driver must call the
3507 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results() function whenever it finds results.
3508 * This process will continue until sched_scan_stop is called.
3509 *
3510 * @sched_scan_stop: Tell the hardware to stop an ongoing scheduled scan.
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003511 * In this case, ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped() must not be called.
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003512 *
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003513 * @sw_scan_start: Notifier function that is called just before a software scan
3514 * is started. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need this notification.
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003515 * The mac_addr parameter allows supporting NL80211_SCAN_FLAG_RANDOM_ADDR,
3516 * the driver may set the NL80211_FEATURE_SCAN_RANDOM_MAC_ADDR flag if it
3517 * can use this parameter. The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003518 *
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003519 * @sw_scan_complete: Notifier function that is called just after a
3520 * software scan finished. Can be NULL, if the driver doesn't need
3521 * this notification.
3522 * The callback can sleep.
Michael Buesch80e775b2009-02-20 15:37:03 +01003523 *
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003524 * @get_stats: Return low-level statistics.
3525 * Returns zero if statistics are available.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003526 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003527 *
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003528 * @get_key_seq: If your device implements encryption in hardware and does
3529 * IV/PN assignment then this callback should be provided to read the
3530 * IV/PN for the given key from hardware.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003531 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003532 *
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003533 * @set_frag_threshold: Configuration of fragmentation threshold. Assign this
Sara Sharonf3fe4e92016-10-18 23:12:11 +03003534 * if the device does fragmentation by itself. Note that to prevent the
3535 * stack from doing fragmentation IEEE80211_HW_SUPPORTS_TX_FRAG
3536 * should be set as well.
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003537 * The callback can sleep.
3538 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003539 * @set_rts_threshold: Configuration of RTS threshold (if device needs it)
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003540 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003541 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003542 * @sta_add: Notifies low level driver about addition of an associated station,
3543 * AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. This callback can sleep.
3544 *
3545 * @sta_remove: Notifies low level driver about removal of an associated
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003546 * station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. Note that after the callback
3547 * returns it isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected;
3548 * no RCU grace period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing
3549 * the station. See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3550 * This callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003551 *
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303552 * @sta_add_debugfs: Drivers can use this callback to add debugfs files
3553 * when a station is added to mac80211's station list. This callback
Johannes Bergc7e9dbc2016-09-14 10:03:00 +02003554 * should be within a CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS conditional. This
3555 * callback can sleep.
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303556 *
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003557 * @sta_notify: Notifies low level driver about power state transition of an
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02003558 * associated station, AP, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc. For a VIF operating
3559 * in AP mode, this callback will not be called when the flag
3560 * %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS is set. Must be atomic.
Christian Lamparter4571d3b2008-11-30 00:48:41 +01003561 *
Qiujun Huang07e97332020-03-12 22:44:24 +08003562 * @sta_set_txpwr: Configure the station tx power. This callback set the tx
3563 * power for the station.
3564 * This callback can sleep.
3565 *
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003566 * @sta_state: Notifies low level driver about state transition of a
3567 * station (which can be the AP, a client, IBSS/WDS/mesh peer etc.)
3568 * This callback is mutually exclusive with @sta_add/@sta_remove.
3569 * It must not fail for down transitions but may fail for transitions
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003570 * up the list of states. Also note that after the callback returns it
3571 * isn't safe to use the pointer, not even RCU protected - no RCU grace
3572 * period is guaranteed between returning here and freeing the station.
3573 * See @sta_pre_rcu_remove if needed.
3574 * The callback can sleep.
3575 *
3576 * @sta_pre_rcu_remove: Notify driver about station removal before RCU
3577 * synchronisation. This is useful if a driver needs to have station
3578 * pointers protected using RCU, it can then use this call to clear
3579 * the pointers instead of waiting for an RCU grace period to elapse
3580 * in @sta_state.
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003581 * The callback can sleep.
3582 *
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003583 * @sta_rc_update: Notifies the driver of changes to the bitrates that can be
3584 * used to transmit to the station. The changes are advertised with bits
3585 * from &enum ieee80211_rate_control_changed and the values are reflected
3586 * in the station data. This callback should only be used when the driver
3587 * uses hardware rate control (%IEEE80211_HW_HAS_RATE_CONTROL) since
3588 * otherwise the rate control algorithm is notified directly.
3589 * Must be atomic.
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01003590 * @sta_rate_tbl_update: Notifies the driver that the rate table changed. This
3591 * is only used if the configured rate control algorithm actually uses
3592 * the new rate table API, and is therefore optional. Must be atomic.
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003593 *
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01003594 * @sta_statistics: Get statistics for this station. For example with beacon
3595 * filtering, the statistics kept by mac80211 might not be accurate, so
3596 * let the driver pre-fill the statistics. The driver can fill most of
3597 * the values (indicating which by setting the filled bitmap), but not
3598 * all of them make sense - see the source for which ones are possible.
3599 * Statistics that the driver doesn't fill will be filled by mac80211.
3600 * The callback can sleep.
3601 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003602 * @conf_tx: Configure TX queue parameters (EDCF (aifs, cw_min, cw_max),
Johannes Bergfe3fa822008-09-08 11:05:09 +02003603 * bursting) for a hardware TX queue.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003604 * Returns a negative error code on failure.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003605 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003606 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003607 * @get_tsf: Get the current TSF timer value from firmware/hardware. Currently,
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003608 * this is only used for IBSS mode BSSID merging and debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003609 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003610 * The callback can sleep.
Alina Friedrichsen3b5d6652009-01-24 07:09:59 +01003611 *
3612 * @set_tsf: Set the TSF timer to the specified value in the firmware/hardware.
Johannes Bergad24b0d2013-07-05 11:53:28 +02003613 * Currently, this is only used for IBSS mode debugging. Is not a
Alina Friedrichsen7b08b3b2009-02-05 17:58:34 +01003614 * required function.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003615 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003616 *
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07003617 * @offset_tsf: Offset the TSF timer by the specified value in the
3618 * firmware/hardware. Preferred to set_tsf as it avoids delay between
3619 * calling set_tsf() and hardware getting programmed, which will show up
3620 * as TSF delay. Is not a required function.
3621 * The callback can sleep.
3622 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003623 * @reset_tsf: Reset the TSF timer and allow firmware/hardware to synchronize
3624 * with other STAs in the IBSS. This is only used in IBSS mode. This
3625 * function is optional if the firmware/hardware takes full care of
3626 * TSF synchronization.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003627 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003628 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003629 * @tx_last_beacon: Determine whether the last IBSS beacon was sent by us.
3630 * This is needed only for IBSS mode and the result of this function is
3631 * used to determine whether to reply to Probe Requests.
Bob Copeland6dd1bf32009-01-08 21:00:34 -05003632 * Returns non-zero if this device sent the last beacon.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003633 * The callback can sleep.
Ron Rindjunskyd3c990f2007-11-26 16:14:34 +02003634 *
Randy Dunlap4e8998f2010-05-21 11:28:33 -07003635 * @get_survey: Return per-channel survey information
3636 *
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02003637 * @rfkill_poll: Poll rfkill hardware state. If you need this, you also
3638 * need to set wiphy->rfkill_poll to %true before registration,
3639 * and need to call wiphy_rfkill_set_hw_state() in the callback.
Kalle Valoe1781ed2009-12-23 13:15:47 +01003640 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02003641 *
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003642 * @set_coverage_class: Set slot time for given coverage class as specified
3643 * in IEEE 802.11-2007 section 17.3.8.6 and modify ACK timeout
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02003644 * accordingly; coverage class equals to -1 to enable ACK timeout
3645 * estimation algorithm (dynack). To disable dynack set valid value for
3646 * coverage class. This callback is not required and may sleep.
Lukáš Turek310bc672009-12-21 22:50:48 +01003647 *
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03003648 * @testmode_cmd: Implement a cfg80211 test mode command. The passed @vif may
3649 * be %NULL. The callback can sleep.
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07003650 * @testmode_dump: Implement a cfg80211 test mode dump. The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berga80f7c02009-12-23 13:15:32 +01003651 *
3652 * @flush: Flush all pending frames from the hardware queue, making sure
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003653 * that the hardware queues are empty. The @queues parameter is a bitmap
3654 * of queues to flush, which is useful if different virtual interfaces
3655 * use different hardware queues; it may also indicate all queues.
3656 * If the parameter @drop is set to %true, pending frames may be dropped.
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02003657 * Note that vif can be NULL.
Johannes Berg39ecc012013-02-13 12:11:00 +01003658 * The callback can sleep.
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02003659 *
3660 * @channel_switch: Drivers that need (or want) to offload the channel
3661 * switch operation for CSAs received from the AP may implement this
3662 * callback. They must then call ieee80211_chswitch_done() to indicate
3663 * completion of the channel switch.
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04003664 *
Bruno Randolf79b1c462010-11-24 14:34:41 +09003665 * @set_antenna: Set antenna configuration (tx_ant, rx_ant) on the device.
3666 * Parameters are bitmaps of allowed antennas to use for TX/RX. Drivers may
3667 * reject TX/RX mask combinations they cannot support by returning -EINVAL
3668 * (also see nl80211.h @NL80211_ATTR_WIPHY_ANTENNA_TX).
3669 *
3670 * @get_antenna: Get current antenna configuration from device (tx_ant, rx_ant).
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003671 *
3672 * @remain_on_channel: Starts an off-channel period on the given channel, must
3673 * call back to ieee80211_ready_on_channel() when on that channel. Note
3674 * that normal channel traffic is not stopped as this is intended for hw
3675 * offload. Frames to transmit on the off-channel channel are transmitted
3676 * normally except for the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_TX_OFFCHAN flag. When the
3677 * duration (which will always be non-zero) expires, the driver must call
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003678 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired().
Johannes Berg196ac1c2012-06-05 14:28:40 +02003679 * Note that this callback may be called while the device is in IDLE and
3680 * must be accepted in this case.
3681 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg4976b4e2011-01-04 13:02:32 +01003682 * @cancel_remain_on_channel: Requests that an ongoing off-channel period is
3683 * aborted before it expires. This callback may sleep.
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05003684 *
3685 * @set_ringparam: Set tx and rx ring sizes.
3686 *
3687 * @get_ringparam: Get tx and rx ring current and maximum sizes.
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05303688 *
3689 * @tx_frames_pending: Check if there is any pending frame in the hardware
3690 * queues before entering power save.
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05303691 *
3692 * @set_bitrate_mask: Set a mask of rates to be used for rate control selection
3693 * when transmitting a frame. Currently only legacy rates are handled.
3694 * The callback can sleep.
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02003695 * @event_callback: Notify driver about any event in mac80211. See
3696 * &enum ieee80211_event_type for the different types.
Emmanuel Grumbach63822462015-04-20 22:53:37 +03003697 * The callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003698 *
3699 * @release_buffered_frames: Release buffered frames according to the given
3700 * parameters. In the case where the driver buffers some frames for
3701 * sleeping stations mac80211 will use this callback to tell the driver
3702 * to release some frames, either for PS-poll or uAPSD.
Masanari Iidae2278672014-02-18 22:54:36 +09003703 * Note that if the @more_data parameter is %false the driver must check
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003704 * if there are more frames on the given TIDs, and if there are more than
3705 * the frames being released then it must still set the more-data bit in
3706 * the frame. If the @more_data parameter is %true, then of course the
3707 * more-data bit must always be set.
3708 * The @tids parameter tells the driver which TIDs to release frames
3709 * from, for PS-poll it will always have only a single bit set.
Johannes Bergdeeaee192011-09-29 16:04:35 +02003710 * In the case this is used for a PS-poll initiated release, the
3711 * @num_frames parameter will always be 1 so code can be shared. In
3712 * this case the driver must also set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3713 * on the TX status (and must report TX status) so that the PS-poll
3714 * period is properly ended. This is used to avoid sending multiple
3715 * responses for a retried PS-poll frame.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003716 * In the case this is used for uAPSD, the @num_frames parameter may be
3717 * bigger than one, but the driver may send fewer frames (it must send
3718 * at least one, however). In this case it is also responsible for
Johannes Berg47086fc2011-09-29 16:04:33 +02003719 * setting the EOSP flag in the QoS header of the frames. Also, when the
3720 * service period ends, the driver must set %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003721 * on the last frame in the SP. Alternatively, it may call the function
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003722 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() to inform mac80211 of the end of the SP.
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02003723 * This callback must be atomic.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003724 * @allow_buffered_frames: Prepare device to allow the given number of frames
3725 * to go out to the given station. The frames will be sent by mac80211
3726 * via the usual TX path after this call. The TX information for frames
Johannes Berg02f2f1a2012-02-27 12:18:30 +01003727 * released will also have the %IEEE80211_TX_CTL_NO_PS_BUFFER flag set
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003728 * and the last one will also have %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP set. In case
3729 * frames from multiple TIDs are released and the driver might reorder
3730 * them between the TIDs, it must set the %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP flag
3731 * on the last frame and clear it on all others and also handle the EOSP
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02003732 * bit in the QoS header correctly. Alternatively, it can also call the
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01003733 * ieee80211_sta_eosp() function.
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02003734 * The @tids parameter is a bitmap and tells the driver which TIDs the
3735 * frames will be on; it will at most have two bits set.
3736 * This callback must be atomic.
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07003737 *
3738 * @get_et_sset_count: Ethtool API to get string-set count.
3739 *
3740 * @get_et_stats: Ethtool API to get a set of u64 stats.
3741 *
3742 * @get_et_strings: Ethtool API to get a set of strings to describe stats
3743 * and perhaps other supported types of ethtool data-sets.
3744 *
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003745 * @mgd_prepare_tx: Prepare for transmitting a management frame for association
3746 * before associated. In multi-channel scenarios, a virtual interface is
3747 * bound to a channel before it is associated, but as it isn't associated
3748 * yet it need not necessarily be given airtime, in particular since any
3749 * transmission to a P2P GO needs to be synchronized against the GO's
3750 * powersave state. mac80211 will call this function before transmitting a
3751 * management frame prior to having successfully associated to allow the
3752 * driver to give it channel time for the transmission, to get a response
3753 * and to be able to synchronize with the GO.
Ilan Peer94ba9272018-02-19 14:48:41 +02003754 * For drivers that set %IEEE80211_HW_DEAUTH_NEED_MGD_TX_PREP, mac80211
3755 * would also call this function before transmitting a deauthentication
3756 * frame in case that no beacon was heard from the AP/P2P GO.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003757 * The callback will be called before each transmission and upon return
3758 * mac80211 will transmit the frame right away.
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03003759 * If duration is greater than zero, mac80211 hints to the driver the
3760 * duration for which the operation is requested.
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02003761 * The callback is optional and can (should!) sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003762 *
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03003763 * @mgd_protect_tdls_discover: Protect a TDLS discovery session. After sending
3764 * a TDLS discovery-request, we expect a reply to arrive on the AP's
3765 * channel. We must stay on the channel (no PSM, scan, etc.), since a TDLS
3766 * setup-response is a direct packet not buffered by the AP.
3767 * mac80211 will call this function just before the transmission of a TDLS
3768 * discovery-request. The recommended period of protection is at least
3769 * 2 * (DTIM period).
3770 * The callback is optional and can sleep.
3771 *
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003772 * @add_chanctx: Notifies device driver about new channel context creation.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303773 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003774 * @remove_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context destruction.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303775 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003776 * @change_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context changes that
3777 * may happen when combining different virtual interfaces on the same
3778 * channel context with different settings
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303779 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003780 * @assign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being bound
3781 * to vif. Possible use is for hw queue remapping.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303782 * This callback may sleep.
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02003783 * @unassign_vif_chanctx: Notifies device driver about channel context being
3784 * unbound from vif.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303785 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003786 * @switch_vif_chanctx: switch a number of vifs from one chanctx to
3787 * another, as specified in the list of
3788 * @ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch passed to the driver, according
3789 * to the mode defined in &ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode.
Chaitanya T Kdcae9e02015-10-30 23:16:15 +05303790 * This callback may sleep.
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03003791 *
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003792 * @start_ap: Start operation on the AP interface, this is called after all the
3793 * information in bss_conf is set and beacon can be retrieved. A channel
3794 * context is bound before this is called. Note that if the driver uses
3795 * software scan or ROC, this (and @stop_ap) isn't called when the AP is
3796 * just "paused" for scanning/ROC, which is indicated by the beacon being
3797 * disabled/enabled via @bss_info_changed.
3798 * @stop_ap: Stop operation on the AP interface.
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01003799 *
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02003800 * @reconfig_complete: Called after a call to ieee80211_restart_hw() and
3801 * during resume, when the reconfiguration has completed.
3802 * This can help the driver implement the reconfiguration step (and
3803 * indicate mac80211 is ready to receive frames).
3804 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg8f21b0a2013-01-11 00:28:01 +01003805 *
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01003806 * @ipv6_addr_change: IPv6 address assignment on the given interface changed.
3807 * Currently, this is only called for managed or P2P client interfaces.
3808 * This callback is optional; it must not sleep.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003809 *
3810 * @channel_switch_beacon: Starts a channel switch to a new channel.
3811 * Beacons are modified to include CSA or ECSA IEs before calling this
3812 * function. The corresponding count fields in these IEs must be
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003813 * decremented, and when they reach 1 the driver must call
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003814 * ieee80211_csa_finish(). Drivers which use ieee80211_beacon_get()
3815 * get the csa counter decremented by mac80211, but must check if it is
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02003816 * 1 using ieee80211_beacon_counter_is_complete() after the beacon has been
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02003817 * transmitted and then call ieee80211_csa_finish().
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02003818 * If the CSA count starts as zero or 1, this function will not be called,
3819 * since there won't be any time to beacon before the switch anyway.
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003820 * @pre_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3821 * before a channel switch procedure is started (ie. when a STA
Masahiro Yamada9332ef92017-02-27 14:28:47 -08003822 * gets a CSA or a userspace initiated channel-switch), allowing
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03003823 * the driver to prepare for the channel switch.
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03003824 * @post_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3825 * after a channel switch procedure is completed, allowing the
3826 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02003827 * @abort_channel_switch: This is an optional callback that is called
3828 * when channel switch procedure was completed, allowing the
3829 * driver to go back to a normal configuration.
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02003830 * @channel_switch_rx_beacon: This is an optional callback that is called
3831 * when channel switch procedure is in progress and additional beacon with
3832 * CSA IE was received, allowing driver to track changes in count.
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02003833 * @join_ibss: Join an IBSS (on an IBSS interface); this is called after all
3834 * information in bss_conf is set up and the beacon can be retrieved. A
3835 * channel context is bound before this is called.
3836 * @leave_ibss: Leave the IBSS again.
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02003837 *
3838 * @get_expected_throughput: extract the expected throughput towards the
3839 * specified station. The returned value is expressed in Kbps. It returns 0
3840 * if the RC algorithm does not have proper data to provide.
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02003841 *
3842 * @get_txpower: get current maximum tx power (in dBm) based on configuration
3843 * and hardware limits.
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02003844 *
3845 * @tdls_channel_switch: Start channel-switching with a TDLS peer. The driver
3846 * is responsible for continually initiating channel-switching operations
3847 * and returning to the base channel for communication with the AP. The
3848 * driver receives a channel-switch request template and the location of
3849 * the switch-timing IE within the template as part of the invocation.
3850 * The template is valid only within the call, and the driver can
3851 * optionally copy the skb for further re-use.
3852 * @tdls_cancel_channel_switch: Stop channel-switching with a TDLS peer. Both
3853 * peers must be on the base channel when the call completes.
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02003854 * @tdls_recv_channel_switch: a TDLS channel-switch related frame (request or
3855 * response) has been received from a remote peer. The driver gets
3856 * parameters parsed from the incoming frame and may use them to continue
3857 * an ongoing channel-switch operation. In addition, a channel-switch
3858 * response template is provided, together with the location of the
3859 * switch-timing IE within the template. The skb can only be used within
3860 * the function call.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01003861 *
3862 * @wake_tx_queue: Called when new packets have been added to the queue.
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02003863 * @sync_rx_queues: Process all pending frames in RSS queues. This is a
3864 * synchronization which is needed in case driver has in its RSS queues
3865 * pending frames that were received prior to the control path action
3866 * currently taken (e.g. disassociation) but are not processed yet.
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03003867 *
3868 * @start_nan: join an existing NAN cluster, or create a new one.
3869 * @stop_nan: leave the NAN cluster.
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03003870 * @nan_change_conf: change NAN configuration. The data in cfg80211_nan_conf
3871 * contains full new configuration and changes specify which parameters
3872 * are changed with respect to the last NAN config.
3873 * The driver gets both full configuration and the changed parameters since
3874 * some devices may need the full configuration while others need only the
3875 * changed parameters.
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03003876 * @add_nan_func: Add a NAN function. Returns 0 on success. The data in
3877 * cfg80211_nan_func must not be referenced outside the scope of
3878 * this call.
3879 * @del_nan_func: Remove a NAN function. The driver must call
3880 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated() with
3881 * NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_USER_REQUEST reason code upon removal.
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03003882 * @can_aggregate_in_amsdu: Called in order to determine if HW supports
3883 * aggregating two specific frames in the same A-MSDU. The relation
3884 * between the skbs should be symmetric and transitive. Note that while
3885 * skb is always a real frame, head may or may not be an A-MSDU.
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07003886 * @get_ftm_responder_stats: Retrieve FTM responder statistics, if available.
3887 * Statistics should be cumulative, currently no way to reset is provided.
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02003888 *
3889 * @start_pmsr: start peer measurement (e.g. FTM) (this call can sleep)
3890 * @abort_pmsr: abort peer measurement (this call can sleep)
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05303891 * @set_tid_config: Apply TID specific configurations. This callback may sleep.
3892 * @reset_tid_config: Reset TID specific configuration for the peer.
3893 * This callback may sleep.
Johannes Berg7fba53e2020-09-18 13:21:16 +02003894 * @update_vif_offload: Update virtual interface offload flags
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02003895 * This callback may sleep.
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02003896 * @sta_set_4addr: Called to notify the driver when a station starts/stops using
3897 * 4-address mode
Johannes Berg70b6ff32021-01-06 23:47:41 +01003898 * @set_sar_specs: Update the SAR (TX power) settings.
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01003899 * @sta_set_decap_offload: Called to notify the driver when a station is allowed
3900 * to use rx decapsulation offload
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04003901 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003902struct ieee80211_ops {
Thomas Huehn36323f82012-07-23 21:33:42 +02003903 void (*tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3904 struct ieee80211_tx_control *control,
3905 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003906 int (*start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003907 void (*stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003908#ifdef CONFIG_PM
3909 int (*suspend)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct cfg80211_wowlan *wowlan);
3910 int (*resume)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg6d525632012-04-04 15:05:25 +02003911 void (*set_wakeup)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, bool enabled);
Johannes Bergeecc4802011-05-04 15:37:29 +02003912#endif
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003913 int (*add_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003914 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg34d4bc42010-08-27 12:35:58 +02003915 int (*change_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3916 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02003917 enum nl80211_iftype new_type, bool p2p);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003918 void (*remove_interface)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01003919 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berge8975582008-10-09 12:18:51 +02003920 int (*config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 changed);
Johannes Berg471b3ef2007-12-28 14:32:58 +01003921 void (*bss_info_changed)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3922 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3923 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *info,
3924 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergb2abb6e2011-07-19 10:39:53 +02003925
Johannes Berg10416382012-10-19 15:44:42 +02003926 int (*start_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3927 void (*stop_ap)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
3928
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003929 u64 (*prepare_multicast)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Jiri Pirko22bedad32010-04-01 21:22:57 +00003930 struct netdev_hw_addr_list *mc_list);
Johannes Berg4150c572007-09-17 01:29:23 -04003931 void (*configure_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3932 unsigned int changed_flags,
3933 unsigned int *total_flags,
Johannes Berg3ac64be2009-08-17 16:16:53 +02003934 u64 multicast);
Andrei Otcheretianski1b09b552015-08-15 22:39:50 +03003935 void (*config_iface_filter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3936 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3937 unsigned int filter_flags,
3938 unsigned int changed_flags);
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003939 int (*set_tim)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3940 bool set);
Johannes Bergea49c352007-09-18 17:29:21 -04003941 int (*set_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, enum set_key_cmd cmd,
Johannes Bergdc822b52008-12-29 12:55:09 +01003942 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg11a843b2007-08-28 17:01:55 -04003943 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key);
Emmanuel Grumbach9ae4fda2008-03-20 15:06:42 +02003944 void (*update_tkip_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergb3fbdcf2010-01-21 11:40:47 +01003945 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3946 struct ieee80211_key_conf *conf,
3947 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3948 u32 iv32, u16 *phase1key);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02003949 void (*set_rekey_data)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3950 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3951 struct cfg80211_gtk_rekey_data *data);
Yoni Divinskyde5fad82012-05-30 11:36:39 +03003952 void (*set_default_unicast_key)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3953 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int idx);
Johannes Berga060bbf2010-04-27 11:59:34 +02003954 int (*hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
David Spinadelc56ef672014-02-05 15:21:13 +02003955 struct ieee80211_scan_request *req);
Eliad Pellerb8564392011-06-13 12:47:30 +03003956 void (*cancel_hw_scan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3957 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003958 int (*sched_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3959 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3960 struct cfg80211_sched_scan_request *req,
David Spinadel633e2712014-02-06 16:15:23 +02003961 struct ieee80211_scan_ies *ies);
Johannes Berg37e33082014-02-17 10:48:17 +01003962 int (*sched_scan_stop)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03003963 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02003964 void (*sw_scan_start)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3965 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3966 const u8 *mac_addr);
3967 void (*sw_scan_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3968 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003969 int (*get_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3970 struct ieee80211_low_level_stats *stats);
Johannes Berg9352c192015-04-20 18:12:41 +02003971 void (*get_key_seq)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3972 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
3973 struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
Arik Nemtsovf23a4782010-11-08 11:51:06 +02003974 int (*set_frag_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07003975 int (*set_rts_threshold)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 value);
Johannes Berg34e89502010-02-03 13:59:58 +01003976 int (*sta_add)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3977 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
3978 int (*sta_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3979 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303980#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_DEBUGFS
3981 void (*sta_add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3982 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3983 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3984 struct dentry *dir);
Sujith Manoharan77d2ece62012-11-20 08:46:02 +05303985#endif
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01003986 void (*sta_notify)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02003987 enum sta_notify_cmd, struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Ashok Raj Nagarajanba905bf2019-03-29 16:19:09 +05303988 int (*sta_set_txpwr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3989 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3990 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Bergf09603a2012-01-20 13:55:21 +01003991 int (*sta_state)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3992 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
3993 enum ieee80211_sta_state old_state,
3994 enum ieee80211_sta_state new_state);
Johannes Berg6a9d1b92013-12-04 22:39:17 +01003995 void (*sta_pre_rcu_remove)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3996 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
3997 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg8f727ef2012-03-30 08:43:32 +02003998 void (*sta_rc_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
3999 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4000 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4001 u32 changed);
Johannes Bergf815e2b2014-11-19 00:10:42 +01004002 void (*sta_rate_tbl_update)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4003 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4004 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Johannes Berg2b9a7e12014-11-17 11:35:23 +01004005 void (*sta_statistics)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4006 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4007 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4008 struct station_info *sinfo);
Eliad Peller8a3a3c82011-10-02 10:15:52 +02004009 int (*conf_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga3304b02012-03-28 11:04:24 +02004010 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ac,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004011 const struct ieee80211_tx_queue_params *params);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03004012 u64 (*get_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4013 void (*set_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4014 u64 tsf);
Pedersen, Thomas354d3812016-09-28 16:56:28 -07004015 void (*offset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4016 s64 offset);
Eliad Peller37a41b42011-09-21 14:06:11 +03004017 void (*reset_tsf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004018 int (*tx_last_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01004019
4020 /**
4021 * @ampdu_action:
4022 * Perform a certain A-MPDU action.
4023 * The RA/TID combination determines the destination and TID we want
4024 * the ampdu action to be performed for. The action is defined through
4025 * ieee80211_ampdu_mlme_action.
4026 * When the action is set to %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_OPERATIONAL the driver
4027 * may neither send aggregates containing more subframes than @buf_size
4028 * nor send aggregates in a way that lost frames would exceed the
4029 * buffer size. If just limiting the aggregate size, this would be
4030 * possible with a buf_size of 8:
4031 *
4032 * - ``TX: 1.....7``
4033 * - ``RX: 2....7`` (lost frame #1)
4034 * - ``TX: 8..1...``
4035 *
4036 * which is invalid since #1 was now re-transmitted well past the
4037 * buffer size of 8. Correct ways to retransmit #1 would be:
4038 *
4039 * - ``TX: 1 or``
4040 * - ``TX: 18 or``
4041 * - ``TX: 81``
4042 *
4043 * Even ``189`` would be wrong since 1 could be lost again.
4044 *
Johannes Berg2ce113d2019-10-02 11:12:25 +02004045 * Returns a negative error code on failure. The driver may return
4046 * %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START_IMMEDIATE for %IEEE80211_AMPDU_TX_START
4047 * if the session can start immediately.
4048 *
Johannes Berg57eeb202017-01-13 11:12:01 +01004049 * The callback can sleep.
4050 */
Ron Rindjunsky1b7d03a2007-12-25 17:00:31 +02004051 int (*ampdu_action)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01004052 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Sara Sharon50ea05e2015-12-30 16:06:04 +02004053 struct ieee80211_ampdu_params *params);
Holger Schurig12897232010-04-19 10:23:57 +02004054 int (*get_survey)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int idx,
4055 struct survey_info *survey);
Johannes Berg1f87f7d2009-06-02 13:01:41 +02004056 void (*rfkill_poll)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Lorenzo Bianconia4bcaf52014-09-04 23:57:41 +02004057 void (*set_coverage_class)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, s16 coverage_class);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004058#ifdef CONFIG_NL80211_TESTMODE
David Spinadel52981cd2013-07-31 18:06:22 +03004059 int (*testmode_cmd)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4060 void *data, int len);
Wey-Yi Guy71063f02011-05-20 09:05:54 -07004061 int (*testmode_dump)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb,
4062 struct netlink_callback *cb,
4063 void *data, int len);
Johannes Bergaff89a92009-07-01 21:26:51 +02004064#endif
Emmanuel Grumbach77be2c52014-03-27 11:30:29 +02004065 void (*flush)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4066 u32 queues, bool drop);
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004067 void (*channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Luciano Coelho0f791eb42014-10-08 09:48:40 +03004068 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02004069 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Bruno Randolf15d96752010-11-10 12:50:56 +09004070 int (*set_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx_ant, u32 rx_ant);
4071 int (*get_antenna)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 *tx_ant, u32 *rx_ant);
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004072
4073 int (*remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Eliad Peller49884562012-11-19 17:05:09 +02004074 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01004075 struct ieee80211_channel *chan,
Ilan Peerd339d5c2013-02-12 09:34:13 +02004076 int duration,
4077 enum ieee80211_roc_type type);
Emmanuel Grumbach5db4c4b2019-07-23 21:00:01 +03004078 int (*cancel_remain_on_channel)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4079 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
John W. Linville38c09152011-03-07 16:19:18 -05004080 int (*set_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 tx, u32 rx);
4081 void (*get_ringparam)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4082 u32 *tx, u32 *tx_max, u32 *rx, u32 *rx_max);
Vivek Natarajane8306f92011-04-06 11:41:10 +05304083 bool (*tx_frames_pending)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Sujith Manoharanbdbfd6b2011-04-27 16:56:51 +05304084 int (*set_bitrate_mask)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4085 const struct cfg80211_bitrate_mask *mask);
Emmanuel Grumbacha8182922015-03-16 23:23:34 +02004086 void (*event_callback)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4087 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4088 const struct ieee80211_event *event);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004089
Johannes Berg40b96402011-09-29 16:04:38 +02004090 void (*allow_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4091 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4092 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4093 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4094 bool more_data);
Johannes Berg4049e092011-09-29 16:04:32 +02004095 void (*release_buffered_frames)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4096 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4097 u16 tids, int num_frames,
4098 enum ieee80211_frame_release_type reason,
4099 bool more_data);
Ben Greeare3521142012-04-23 12:50:31 -07004100
4101 int (*get_et_sset_count)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4102 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, int sset);
4103 void (*get_et_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4104 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4105 struct ethtool_stats *stats, u64 *data);
4106 void (*get_et_strings)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4107 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4108 u32 sset, u8 *data);
Johannes Berga1845fc2012-06-27 13:18:36 +02004109
4110 void (*mgd_prepare_tx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Ilan Peerd4e36e52018-04-20 13:49:25 +03004111 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4112 u16 duration);
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004113
Arik Nemtsovee10f2c2014-06-11 17:18:27 +03004114 void (*mgd_protect_tdls_discover)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4115 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4116
Michal Kaziorc3645ea2012-06-26 14:37:17 +02004117 int (*add_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4118 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4119 void (*remove_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4120 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4121 void (*change_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4122 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx,
4123 u32 changed);
4124 int (*assign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4125 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4126 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
4127 void (*unassign_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4128 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4129 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *ctx);
Luciano Coelho1a5f0c12014-05-23 14:33:12 +03004130 int (*switch_vif_chanctx)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4131 struct ieee80211_vif_chanctx_switch *vifs,
4132 int n_vifs,
4133 enum ieee80211_chanctx_switch_mode mode);
Johannes Berg9214ad72012-11-06 19:18:13 +01004134
Eliad Pellercf2c92d2014-11-04 11:43:54 +02004135 void (*reconfig_complete)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4136 enum ieee80211_reconfig_type reconfig_type);
Johannes Berga65240c2013-01-14 15:14:34 +01004137
4138#if IS_ENABLED(CONFIG_IPV6)
4139 void (*ipv6_addr_change)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4140 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4141 struct inet6_dev *idev);
4142#endif
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004143 void (*channel_switch_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4144 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4145 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef);
Luciano Coelho6d027bc2014-10-08 09:48:37 +03004146 int (*pre_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4147 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4148 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004149
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004150 int (*post_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4151 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonb9cc81d2019-02-06 13:17:10 +02004152 void (*abort_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4153 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Sara Sharonfafd2bc2019-02-06 13:17:15 +02004154 void (*channel_switch_rx_beacon)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4155 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4156 struct ieee80211_channel_switch *ch_switch);
Luciano Coelhof1d65582014-10-08 09:48:38 +03004157
Johannes Berg55fff502013-08-19 18:48:41 +02004158 int (*join_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4159 void (*leave_ibss)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Maxim Altshul2439ca02016-08-04 15:43:04 +03004160 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4161 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Felix Fietkau5b3dc422014-10-26 00:32:53 +02004162 int (*get_txpower)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4163 int *dbm);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004164
4165 int (*tdls_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4166 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4167 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 oper_class,
4168 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004169 struct sk_buff *tmpl_skb, u32 ch_sw_tm_ie);
Arik Nemtsova7a6bdd2014-11-09 18:50:19 +02004170 void (*tdls_cancel_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4171 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4172 struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
Arik Nemtsov8a4d32f2014-11-09 18:50:20 +02004173 void (*tdls_recv_channel_switch)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4174 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4175 struct ieee80211_tdls_ch_sw_params *params);
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01004176
Johannes Berge7881bd52017-12-19 10:11:54 +01004177 void (*wake_tx_queue)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4178 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Sara Sharonf59374e2016-03-02 23:46:14 +02004179 void (*sync_rx_queues)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
Ayala Beker708d50e2016-09-20 17:31:14 +03004180
4181 int (*start_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4182 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4183 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf);
4184 int (*stop_nan)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4185 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Ayala Beker5953ff62016-09-20 17:31:19 +03004186 int (*nan_change_conf)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4187 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4188 struct cfg80211_nan_conf *conf, u32 changes);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03004189 int (*add_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4190 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4191 const struct cfg80211_nan_func *nan_func);
4192 void (*del_nan_func)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4193 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4194 u8 instance_id);
Sara Sharon9739fe22018-09-05 08:06:11 +03004195 bool (*can_aggregate_in_amsdu)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4196 struct sk_buff *head,
4197 struct sk_buff *skb);
Pradeep Kumar Chitrapubc847972018-10-03 20:19:20 -07004198 int (*get_ftm_responder_stats)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4199 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4200 struct cfg80211_ftm_responder_stats *ftm_stats);
Johannes Bergcee70132018-10-16 11:24:47 +02004201 int (*start_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4202 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
4203 void (*abort_pmsr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4204 struct cfg80211_pmsr_request *request);
Tamizh chelvam370f51d2020-01-20 13:21:27 +05304205 int (*set_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4206 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4207 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4208 struct cfg80211_tid_config *tid_conf);
4209 int (*reset_tid_config)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4210 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4211 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tids);
Felix Fietkau6aea26c2020-09-08 14:36:53 +02004212 void (*update_vif_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4213 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Felix Fietkau1ff4e8f2020-09-08 14:37:01 +02004214 void (*sta_set_4addr)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4215 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
Carl Huangc534e092020-12-03 05:37:27 -05004216 int (*set_sar_specs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4217 const struct cfg80211_sar_specs *sar);
Felix Fietkau80a915e2020-12-18 19:47:18 +01004218 void (*sta_set_decap_offload)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4219 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4220 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool enabled);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004221};
4222
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004223/**
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004224 * ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm - Allocate a new hardware device
4225 *
4226 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4227 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4228 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4229 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4230 * @priv_data_len.
4231 *
4232 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4233 * @ops: callbacks for this device
4234 * @requested_name: Requested name for this device.
4235 * NULL is valid value, and means use the default naming (phy%d)
4236 *
4237 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
4238 */
4239struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(size_t priv_data_len,
4240 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops,
4241 const char *requested_name);
4242
4243/**
4244 * ieee80211_alloc_hw - Allocate a new hardware device
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004245 *
4246 * This must be called once for each hardware device. The returned pointer
4247 * must be used to refer to this device when calling other functions.
4248 * mac80211 allocates a private data area for the driver pointed to by
4249 * @priv in &struct ieee80211_hw, the size of this area is given as
4250 * @priv_data_len.
4251 *
4252 * @priv_data_len: length of private data
4253 * @ops: callbacks for this device
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004254 *
4255 * Return: A pointer to the new hardware device, or %NULL on error.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004256 */
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004257static inline
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004258struct ieee80211_hw *ieee80211_alloc_hw(size_t priv_data_len,
Ben Greearad287572014-10-22 12:23:01 -07004259 const struct ieee80211_ops *ops)
4260{
4261 return ieee80211_alloc_hw_nm(priv_data_len, ops, NULL);
4262}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004263
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004264/**
4265 * ieee80211_register_hw - Register hardware device
4266 *
Johannes Bergdbbea672008-02-26 14:34:06 +01004267 * You must call this function before any other functions in
4268 * mac80211. Note that before a hardware can be registered, you
4269 * need to fill the contained wiphy's information.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004270 *
4271 * @hw: the device to register as returned by ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004272 *
4273 * Return: 0 on success. An error code otherwise.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004274 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004275int ieee80211_register_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4276
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004277/**
4278 * struct ieee80211_tpt_blink - throughput blink description
4279 * @throughput: throughput in Kbit/sec
4280 * @blink_time: blink time in milliseconds
4281 * (full cycle, ie. one off + one on period)
4282 */
4283struct ieee80211_tpt_blink {
4284 int throughput;
4285 int blink_time;
4286};
4287
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004288/**
4289 * enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags - throughput trigger flags
4290 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO: enable blinking with radio
4291 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK: enable blinking when working
4292 * @IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED: enable blinking when at least one
4293 * interface is connected in some way, including being an AP
4294 */
4295enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags {
4296 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_RADIO = BIT(0),
4297 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_WORK = BIT(1),
4298 IEEE80211_TPT_LEDTRIG_FL_CONNECTED = BIT(2),
4299};
4300
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004301#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004302const char *__ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4303const char *__ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4304const char *__ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4305const char *__ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4306const char *
4307__ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4308 unsigned int flags,
4309 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4310 unsigned int blink_table_len);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004311#endif
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004312/**
4313 * ieee80211_get_tx_led_name - get name of TX LED
4314 *
4315 * mac80211 creates a transmit LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4316 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4317 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4318 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4319 *
4320 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004321 *
4322 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004323 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004324static inline const char *ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004325{
4326#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4327 return __ieee80211_get_tx_led_name(hw);
4328#else
4329 return NULL;
4330#endif
4331}
4332
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004333/**
4334 * ieee80211_get_rx_led_name - get name of RX LED
4335 *
4336 * mac80211 creates a receive LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4337 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4338 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4339 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4340 *
4341 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004342 *
4343 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004344 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004345static inline const char *ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004346{
4347#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4348 return __ieee80211_get_rx_led_name(hw);
4349#else
4350 return NULL;
4351#endif
4352}
4353
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004354/**
4355 * ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name - get name of association LED
4356 *
4357 * mac80211 creates a association LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4358 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4359 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4360 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4361 *
4362 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004363 *
4364 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004365 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004366static inline const char *ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004367{
4368#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4369 return __ieee80211_get_assoc_led_name(hw);
4370#else
4371 return NULL;
4372#endif
4373}
4374
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004375/**
4376 * ieee80211_get_radio_led_name - get name of radio LED
4377 *
4378 * mac80211 creates a radio change LED trigger for each wireless hardware
4379 * that can be used to drive LEDs if your driver registers a LED device.
4380 * This function returns the name (or %NULL if not configured for LEDs)
4381 * of the trigger so you can automatically link the LED device.
4382 *
4383 * @hw: the hardware to get the LED trigger name for
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004384 *
4385 * Return: The name of the LED trigger. %NULL if not configured for LEDs.
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004386 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004387static inline const char *ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(struct ieee80211_hw *hw)
Ivo van Doorncdcb006f2008-01-07 19:45:24 +01004388{
4389#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
4390 return __ieee80211_get_radio_led_name(hw);
4391#else
4392 return NULL;
4393#endif
4394}
Michael Buesch47f0c502007-09-27 15:10:44 +02004395
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004396/**
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004397 * ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger - create throughput LED trigger
4398 * @hw: the hardware to create the trigger for
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004399 * @flags: trigger flags, see &enum ieee80211_tpt_led_trigger_flags
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004400 * @blink_table: the blink table -- needs to be ordered by throughput
4401 * @blink_table_len: size of the blink table
4402 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004403 * Return: %NULL (in case of error, or if no LED triggers are
4404 * configured) or the name of the new trigger.
4405 *
4406 * Note: This function must be called before ieee80211_register_hw().
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004407 */
Johannes Bergf5c4ae02015-04-23 12:09:01 +02004408static inline const char *
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004409ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, unsigned int flags,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004410 const struct ieee80211_tpt_blink *blink_table,
4411 unsigned int blink_table_len)
4412{
4413#ifdef CONFIG_MAC80211_LEDS
Johannes Berg67408c82010-11-30 08:59:23 +01004414 return __ieee80211_create_tpt_led_trigger(hw, flags, blink_table,
Johannes Berge1e54062010-11-30 08:58:45 +01004415 blink_table_len);
4416#else
4417 return NULL;
4418#endif
4419}
4420
4421/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004422 * ieee80211_unregister_hw - Unregister a hardware device
4423 *
4424 * This function instructs mac80211 to free allocated resources
4425 * and unregister netdevices from the networking subsystem.
4426 *
4427 * @hw: the hardware to unregister
4428 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004429void ieee80211_unregister_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4430
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004431/**
4432 * ieee80211_free_hw - free hardware descriptor
4433 *
4434 * This function frees everything that was allocated, including the
4435 * private data for the driver. You must call ieee80211_unregister_hw()
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004436 * before calling this function.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004437 *
4438 * @hw: the hardware to free
4439 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004440void ieee80211_free_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4441
Johannes Bergf2753dd2009-04-14 10:09:24 +02004442/**
4443 * ieee80211_restart_hw - restart hardware completely
4444 *
4445 * Call this function when the hardware was restarted for some reason
4446 * (hardware error, ...) and the driver is unable to restore its state
4447 * by itself. mac80211 assumes that at this point the driver/hardware
4448 * is completely uninitialised and stopped, it starts the process by
4449 * calling the ->start() operation. The driver will need to reset all
4450 * internal state that it has prior to calling this function.
4451 *
4452 * @hw: the hardware to restart
4453 */
4454void ieee80211_restart_hw(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
4455
Johannes Berg06d181a2014-02-04 20:51:09 +01004456/**
Felix Fietkauc5d16862020-07-26 13:06:11 +02004457 * ieee80211_rx_list - receive frame and store processed skbs in a list
4458 *
4459 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4460 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4461 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4462 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4463 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4464 *
4465 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4466 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4467 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4468 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4469 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4470 *
4471 * This function must be called with BHs disabled and RCU read lock
4472 *
4473 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4474 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
4475 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4476 * @list: the destination list
4477 */
4478void ieee80211_rx_list(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4479 struct sk_buff *skb, struct list_head *list);
4480
4481/**
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004482 * ieee80211_rx_napi - receive frame from NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004483 *
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004484 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
4485 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4486 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4487 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4488 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
4489 *
4490 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4491 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4492 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
4493 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4494 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
4495 *
4496 * This function must be called with BHs disabled.
4497 *
4498 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004499 * @sta: the station the frame was received from, or %NULL
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004500 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4501 * @napi: the NAPI context
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004502 */
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004503void ieee80211_rx_napi(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4504 struct sk_buff *skb, struct napi_struct *napi);
John W. Linville4e6cbfd2010-07-29 16:14:13 -04004505
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004506/**
4507 * ieee80211_rx - receive frame
4508 *
4509 * Use this function to hand received frames to mac80211. The receive
Zhu Yie3cf8b3f2010-03-29 17:35:07 +08004510 * buffer in @skb must start with an IEEE 802.11 header. In case of a
4511 * paged @skb is used, the driver is recommended to put the ieee80211
4512 * header of the frame on the linear part of the @skb to avoid memory
4513 * allocation and/or memcpy by the stack.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004514 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004515 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004516 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls to
4517 * this function, ieee80211_rx_ni() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may not be
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004518 * mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4519 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004520 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004521 * In process context use instead ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Bergd20ef632009-10-11 15:10:40 +02004522 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004523 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4524 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004525 */
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004526static inline void ieee80211_rx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb)
4527{
Johannes Bergd63b5482016-03-31 20:02:02 +03004528 ieee80211_rx_napi(hw, NULL, skb, NULL);
Johannes Bergaf9f9b22015-06-11 16:02:32 +02004529}
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004530
4531/**
4532 * ieee80211_rx_irqsafe - receive frame
4533 *
4534 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in IRQ context
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004535 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4536 *
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004537 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni() may not
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004538 * be mixed for a single hardware.Must not run concurrently with
4539 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004540 *
4541 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4542 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004543 */
Johannes Bergf1d58c22009-06-17 13:13:00 +02004544void ieee80211_rx_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004545
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004546/**
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004547 * ieee80211_rx_ni - receive frame (in process context)
4548 *
4549 * Like ieee80211_rx() but can be called in process context
4550 * (internally disables bottom halves).
4551 *
4552 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_rx() and ieee80211_rx_irqsafe() may
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004553 * not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4554 * ieee80211_tx_status() or ieee80211_tx_status_ni().
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004555 *
4556 * @hw: the hardware this frame came in on
4557 * @skb: the buffer to receive, owned by mac80211 after this call
4558 */
4559static inline void ieee80211_rx_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4560 struct sk_buff *skb)
4561{
4562 local_bh_disable();
4563 ieee80211_rx(hw, skb);
4564 local_bh_enable();
4565}
4566
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004567/**
4568 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition - PS transition for connected sta
4569 *
4570 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS
4571 * flag set, use this function to inform mac80211 about a connected station
4572 * entering/leaving PS mode.
4573 *
4574 * This function may not be called in IRQ context or with softirqs enabled.
4575 *
4576 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized against
4577 * each other.
4578 *
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004579 * @sta: currently connected sta
4580 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004581 *
4582 * Return: 0 on success. -EINVAL when the requested PS mode is already set.
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004583 */
4584int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, bool start);
4585
4586/**
4587 * ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni - PS transition for connected sta
4588 * (in process context)
4589 *
4590 * Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition() but can be called in process context
4591 * (internally disables bottom halves). Concurrent call restriction still
4592 * applies.
4593 *
4594 * @sta: currently connected sta
4595 * @start: start or stop PS
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004596 *
4597 * Return: Like ieee80211_sta_ps_transition().
Arik Nemtsovd057e5a2011-01-31 22:29:13 +02004598 */
4599static inline int ieee80211_sta_ps_transition_ni(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4600 bool start)
4601{
4602 int ret;
4603
4604 local_bh_disable();
4605 ret = ieee80211_sta_ps_transition(sta, start);
4606 local_bh_enable();
4607
4608 return ret;
4609}
4610
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004611/**
4612 * ieee80211_sta_pspoll - PS-Poll frame received
4613 * @sta: currently connected station
4614 *
4615 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4616 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a PS-Poll frame from a
4617 * connected station was received.
4618 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4619 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(); calls to all three must
4620 * be serialized.
4621 */
4622void ieee80211_sta_pspoll(struct ieee80211_sta *sta);
4623
4624/**
4625 * ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger - (potential) U-APSD trigger frame received
4626 * @sta: currently connected station
4627 * @tid: TID of the received (potential) trigger frame
4628 *
4629 * When operating in AP mode with the %IEEE80211_HW_AP_LINK_PS flag set,
4630 * use this function to inform mac80211 that a (potential) trigger frame
4631 * from a connected station was received.
4632 * This must be used in conjunction with ieee80211_sta_ps_transition()
4633 * and possibly ieee80211_sta_pspoll(); calls to all three must be
4634 * serialized.
Emmanuel Grumbach0aa419e2016-10-18 23:12:10 +03004635 * %IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS can be passed as the tid if the tid is unknown.
4636 * In this case, mac80211 will not check that this tid maps to an AC
4637 * that is trigger enabled and assume that the caller did the proper
4638 * checks.
Johannes Berg46fa38e2016-05-03 16:58:00 +03004639 */
4640void ieee80211_sta_uapsd_trigger(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
4641
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004642/*
4643 * The TX headroom reserved by mac80211 for its own tx_status functions.
4644 * This is enough for the radiotap header.
4645 */
Felix Fietkau651b9922018-02-10 13:20:34 +01004646#define IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_HEADROOM ALIGN(14, 4)
Gertjan van Wingerded24deb22009-12-04 23:46:54 +01004647
Kalle Valoe36e49f2009-10-13 20:33:13 +03004648/**
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004649 * ieee80211_sta_set_buffered - inform mac80211 about driver-buffered frames
Randy Dunlapbdfbe802011-05-22 17:22:45 -07004650 * @sta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer for the sleeping station
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004651 * @tid: the TID that has buffered frames
4652 * @buffered: indicates whether or not frames are buffered for this TID
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004653 *
4654 * If a driver buffers frames for a powersave station instead of passing
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004655 * them back to mac80211 for retransmission, the station may still need
4656 * to be told that there are buffered frames via the TIM bit.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004657 *
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004658 * This function informs mac80211 whether or not there are frames that are
4659 * buffered in the driver for a given TID; mac80211 can then use this data
4660 * to set the TIM bit (NOTE: This may call back into the driver's set_tim
4661 * call! Beware of the locking!)
4662 *
4663 * If all frames are released to the station (due to PS-poll or uAPSD)
4664 * then the driver needs to inform mac80211 that there no longer are
4665 * frames buffered. However, when the station wakes up mac80211 assumes
4666 * that all buffered frames will be transmitted and clears this data,
4667 * drivers need to make sure they inform mac80211 about all buffered
4668 * frames on the sleep transition (sta_notify() with %STA_NOTIFY_SLEEP).
4669 *
4670 * Note that technically mac80211 only needs to know this per AC, not per
4671 * TID, but since driver buffering will inevitably happen per TID (since
4672 * it is related to aggregation) it is easier to make mac80211 map the
4673 * TID to the AC as required instead of keeping track in all drivers that
4674 * use this API.
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004675 */
Johannes Berg042ec452011-09-29 16:04:26 +02004676void ieee80211_sta_set_buffered(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4677 u8 tid, bool buffered);
Felix Fietkaudcf55fb2011-04-17 17:45:00 +02004678
4679/**
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02004680 * ieee80211_get_tx_rates - get the selected transmit rates for a packet
4681 *
4682 * Call this function in a driver with per-packet rate selection support
4683 * to combine the rate info in the packet tx info with the most recent
4684 * rate selection table for the station entry.
4685 *
4686 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4687 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent.
4688 * @skb: the frame to be transmitted.
4689 * @dest: buffer for extracted rate/retry information
4690 * @max_rates: maximum number of rates to fetch
4691 */
4692void ieee80211_get_tx_rates(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4693 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4694 struct sk_buff *skb,
4695 struct ieee80211_tx_rate *dest,
4696 int max_rates);
4697
4698/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen484a54c2017-04-06 11:38:26 +02004699 * ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput - set the expected tpt for a station
4700 *
4701 * Call this function to notify mac80211 about a change in expected throughput
4702 * to a station. A driver for a device that does rate control in firmware can
4703 * call this function when the expected throughput estimate towards a station
4704 * changes. The information is used to tune the CoDel AQM applied to traffic
4705 * going towards that station (which can otherwise be too aggressive and cause
4706 * slow stations to starve).
4707 *
4708 * @pubsta: the station to set throughput for.
4709 * @thr: the current expected throughput in kbps.
4710 */
4711void ieee80211_sta_set_expected_throughput(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4712 u32 thr);
4713
4714/**
Anilkumar Kollif8252e72018-10-11 18:15:03 +05304715 * ieee80211_tx_rate_update - transmit rate update callback
4716 *
4717 * Drivers should call this functions with a non-NULL pub sta
4718 * This function can be used in drivers that does not have provision
4719 * in updating the tx rate in data path.
4720 *
4721 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4722 * @pubsta: the station to update the tx rate for.
4723 * @info: tx status information
4724 */
4725void ieee80211_tx_rate_update(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4726 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
4727 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info);
4728
4729/**
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004730 * ieee80211_tx_status - transmit status callback
4731 *
4732 * Call this function for all transmitted frames after they have been
4733 * transmitted. It is permissible to not call this function for
4734 * multicast frames but this can affect statistics.
4735 *
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004736 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4737 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other. Calls
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004738 * to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni() and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe()
Felix Fietkauf6b3d852013-05-03 10:01:03 +02004739 * may not be mixed for a single hardware. Must not run concurrently with
4740 * ieee80211_rx() or ieee80211_rx_ni().
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004741 *
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004742 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4743 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04004744 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004745void ieee80211_tx_status(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004746 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004747
4748/**
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004749 * ieee80211_tx_status_ext - extended transmit status callback
4750 *
4751 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4752 * in drivers that may want to provide extra information that does not
4753 * fit into &struct ieee80211_tx_info.
4754 *
4755 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4756 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4757 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4758 *
4759 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4760 * @status: tx status information
4761 */
4762void ieee80211_tx_status_ext(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4763 struct ieee80211_tx_status *status);
4764
4765/**
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004766 * ieee80211_tx_status_noskb - transmit status callback without skb
4767 *
4768 * This function can be used as a replacement for ieee80211_tx_status
4769 * in drivers that cannot reliably map tx status information back to
4770 * specific skbs.
4771 *
4772 * Calls to this function for a single hardware must be synchronized
4773 * against each other. Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status_ni()
4774 * and ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
4775 *
4776 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4777 * @sta: the receiver station to which this packet is sent
4778 * (NULL for multicast packets)
4779 * @info: tx status information
4780 */
Felix Fietkau5fe49a92017-04-26 17:11:37 +02004781static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_noskb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4782 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
4783 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info)
4784{
4785 struct ieee80211_tx_status status = {
4786 .sta = sta,
4787 .info = info,
4788 };
4789
4790 ieee80211_tx_status_ext(hw, &status);
4791}
Felix Fietkauf027c2a2014-11-19 20:08:13 +01004792
4793/**
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004794 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni - transmit status callback (in process context)
4795 *
4796 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in process context.
4797 *
4798 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4799 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe() may not be mixed
4800 * for a single hardware.
4801 *
4802 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4803 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4804 */
4805static inline void ieee80211_tx_status_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4806 struct sk_buff *skb)
4807{
4808 local_bh_disable();
4809 ieee80211_tx_status(hw, skb);
4810 local_bh_enable();
4811}
4812
4813/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07004814 * ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe - IRQ-safe transmit status callback
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004815 *
4816 * Like ieee80211_tx_status() but can be called in IRQ context
4817 * (internally defers to a tasklet.)
4818 *
Johannes Stezenbach20ed3162010-11-30 16:49:23 +01004819 * Calls to this function, ieee80211_tx_status() and
4820 * ieee80211_tx_status_ni() may not be mixed for a single hardware.
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004821 *
4822 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4823 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
Johannes Berg2485f712008-02-25 16:27:41 +01004824 */
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004825void ieee80211_tx_status_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02004826 struct sk_buff *skb);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004827
4828/**
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004829 * ieee80211_tx_status_8023 - transmit status callback for 802.3 frame format
4830 *
4831 * Call this function for all transmitted data frames after their transmit
4832 * completion. This callback should only be called for data frames which
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07004833 * are using driver's (or hardware's) offload capability of encap/decap
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01004834 * 802.11 frames.
4835 *
4836 * This function may not be called in IRQ context. Calls to this function
4837 * for a single hardware must be synchronized against each other and all
4838 * calls in the same tx status family.
4839 *
4840 * @hw: the hardware the frame was transmitted by
4841 * @vif: the interface for which the frame was transmitted
4842 * @skb: the frame that was transmitted, owned by mac80211 after this call
4843 */
4844void ieee80211_tx_status_8023(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4845 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4846 struct sk_buff *skb);
4847
4848/**
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004849 * ieee80211_report_low_ack - report non-responding station
4850 *
4851 * When operating in AP-mode, call this function to report a non-responding
4852 * connected STA.
4853 *
4854 * @sta: the non-responding connected sta
4855 * @num_packets: number of packets sent to @sta without a response
4856 */
4857void ieee80211_report_low_ack(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u32 num_packets);
4858
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004859#define IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM 2
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004860
Arik Nemtsov8178d382011-04-18 14:22:28 +03004861/**
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004862 * struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets - mutable beacon offsets
4863 * @tim_offset: position of TIM element
4864 * @tim_length: size of TIM element
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004865 * @cntdwn_counter_offs: array of IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM offsets
4866 * to countdown counters. This array can contain zero values which
Luciano Coelho8d77ec82014-05-15 20:32:08 +03004867 * should be ignored.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004868 */
4869struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets {
4870 u16 tim_offset;
4871 u16 tim_length;
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004872
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004873 u16 cntdwn_counter_offs[IEEE80211_MAX_CNTDWN_COUNTERS_NUM];
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004874};
4875
4876/**
4877 * ieee80211_beacon_get_template - beacon template generation function
4878 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4879 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4880 * @offs: &struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets pointer to struct that will
4881 * receive the offsets that may be updated by the driver.
4882 *
4883 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
4884 * obtain the beacon template.
4885 *
4886 * This function should be used if the beacon frames are generated by the
4887 * device, and then the driver must use the returned beacon as the template
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004888 * The driver or the device are responsible to update the DTIM and, when
4889 * applicable, the CSA count.
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004890 *
4891 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
4892 *
4893 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
4894 */
4895struct sk_buff *
4896ieee80211_beacon_get_template(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4897 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4898 struct ieee80211_mutable_offsets *offs);
4899
4900/**
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004901 * ieee80211_beacon_get_tim - beacon generation function
4902 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004903 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004904 * @tim_offset: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE offset.
4905 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4906 * @tim_length: pointer to variable that will receive the TIM IE length,
4907 * (including the ID and length bytes!).
4908 * Set to 0 if invalid (in non-AP modes).
4909 *
4910 * If the driver implements beaconing modes, it must use this function to
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004911 * obtain the beacon frame.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004912 *
4913 * If the beacon frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
4914 * hardware/firmware), the driver uses this function to get each beacon
Andrei Otcheretianski6ec8c332014-05-09 14:11:49 +03004915 * frame from mac80211 -- it is responsible for calling this function exactly
4916 * once before the beacon is needed (e.g. based on hardware interrupt).
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004917 *
4918 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004919 *
4920 * Return: The beacon template. %NULL on error.
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004921 */
4922struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4923 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
4924 u16 *tim_offset, u16 *tim_length);
4925
4926/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004927 * ieee80211_beacon_get - beacon generation function
4928 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01004929 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004930 *
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004931 * See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004932 *
4933 * Return: See ieee80211_beacon_get_tim().
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004934 */
Johannes Bergeddcbb942009-10-29 08:30:35 +01004935static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_beacon_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4936 struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
4937{
4938 return ieee80211_beacon_get_tim(hw, vif, NULL, NULL);
4939}
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07004940
4941/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004942 * ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn - request mac80211 to decrement the beacon countdown
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004943 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4944 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004945 * The beacon counter should be updated after each beacon transmission.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004946 * This function is called implicitly when
4947 * ieee80211_beacon_get/ieee80211_beacon_get_tim are called, however if the
4948 * beacon frames are generated by the device, the driver should call this
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004949 * function after each beacon transmission to sync mac80211's beacon countdown.
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004950 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004951 * Return: new countdown value
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004952 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004953u8 ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Andrei Otcheretianski1af586c2014-05-09 14:11:50 +03004954
4955/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004956 * ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn - request mac80211 to set beacon countdown
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004957 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4958 * @counter: the new value for the counter
4959 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004960 * The beacon countdown can be changed by the device, this API should be
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004961 * used by the device driver to update csa counter in mac80211.
4962 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004963 * It should never be used together with ieee80211_beacon_update_cntdwn(),
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004964 * as it will cause a race condition around the counter value.
4965 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004966void ieee80211_beacon_set_cntdwn(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 counter);
Gregory Greenman03737002018-04-20 13:49:24 +03004967
4968/**
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004969 * ieee80211_csa_finish - notify mac80211 about channel switch
4970 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4971 *
4972 * After a channel switch announcement was scheduled and the counter in this
Luciano Coelho66e01cf2014-01-13 19:43:00 +02004973 * announcement hits 1, this function must be called by the driver to
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004974 * notify mac80211 that the channel can be changed.
4975 */
4976void ieee80211_csa_finish(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
4977
4978/**
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004979 * ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete - find out if countdown reached 1
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004980 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4981 *
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004982 * This function returns whether the countdown reached zero.
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004983 */
John Crispin8552a432020-08-11 10:01:04 +02004984bool ieee80211_beacon_cntdwn_is_complete(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Simon Wunderlich73da7d52013-07-11 16:09:06 +02004985
4986/**
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004987 * ieee80211_proberesp_get - retrieve a Probe Response template
4988 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
4989 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
4990 *
4991 * Creates a Probe Response template which can, for example, be uploaded to
4992 * hardware. The destination address should be set by the caller.
4993 *
4994 * Can only be called in AP mode.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01004995 *
4996 * Return: The Probe Response template. %NULL on error.
Arik Nemtsov02945822011-11-10 11:28:57 +02004997 */
4998struct sk_buff *ieee80211_proberesp_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
4999 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5000
5001/**
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005002 * ieee80211_pspoll_get - retrieve a PS Poll template
5003 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5004 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5005 *
5006 * Creates a PS Poll a template which can, for example, uploaded to
5007 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
5008 * AID, BSSID and MAC address is used.
5009 *
5010 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
5011 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005012 *
5013 * Return: The PS Poll template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005014 */
5015struct sk_buff *ieee80211_pspoll_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5016 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5017
5018/**
5019 * ieee80211_nullfunc_get - retrieve a nullfunc template
5020 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5021 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005022 * @qos_ok: QoS NDP is acceptable to the caller, this should be set
5023 * if at all possible
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005024 *
5025 * Creates a Nullfunc template which can, for example, uploaded to
5026 * hardware. The template must be updated after association so that correct
5027 * BSSID and address is used.
5028 *
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005029 * If @qos_ndp is set and the association is to an AP with QoS/WMM, the
5030 * returned packet will be QoS NDP.
5031 *
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005032 * Note: Caller (or hardware) is responsible for setting the
5033 * &IEEE80211_FCTL_PM bit as well as Duration and Sequence Control fields.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005034 *
5035 * Return: The nullfunc template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005036 */
5037struct sk_buff *ieee80211_nullfunc_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg7b6ddea2017-11-21 14:46:08 +01005038 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5039 bool qos_ok);
Kalle Valo7044cc52010-01-05 20:16:19 +02005040
5041/**
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005042 * ieee80211_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5043 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005044 * @src_addr: source MAC address
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005045 * @ssid: SSID buffer
5046 * @ssid_len: length of SSID
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005047 * @tailroom: tailroom to reserve at end of SKB for IEs
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005048 *
5049 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5050 * hardware.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005051 *
5052 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005053 */
5054struct sk_buff *ieee80211_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berga344d672014-06-12 22:24:31 +02005055 const u8 *src_addr,
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005056 const u8 *ssid, size_t ssid_len,
Johannes Bergb9a9ada2012-11-29 13:00:10 +01005057 size_t tailroom);
Kalle Valo05e54ea2010-01-05 20:16:38 +02005058
5059/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005060 * ieee80211_rts_get - RTS frame generation function
5061 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005062 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005063 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
5064 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005065 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005066 * @rts: The buffer where to store the RTS frame.
5067 *
5068 * If the RTS frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5069 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5070 * the next RTS frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5071 * for calling this function before and RTS frame is needed.
5072 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005073void ieee80211_rts_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005074 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005075 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005076 struct ieee80211_rts *rts);
5077
5078/**
5079 * ieee80211_rts_duration - Get the duration field for an RTS frame
5080 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005081 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005082 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the RTS.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005083 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005084 *
5085 * If the RTS is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5086 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5087 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005088 *
5089 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005090 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005091__le16 ieee80211_rts_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5092 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005093 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005094
5095/**
5096 * ieee80211_ctstoself_get - CTS-to-self frame generation function
5097 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005098 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005099 * @frame: pointer to the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
5100 * @frame_len: the frame length (in octets).
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005101 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005102 * @cts: The buffer where to store the CTS-to-self frame.
5103 *
5104 * If the CTS-to-self frames are generated by the host system (i.e., not in
5105 * hardware/firmware), the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5106 * the next CTS-to-self frame from the 802.11 code. The low-level is responsible
5107 * for calling this function before and CTS-to-self frame is needed.
5108 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005109void ieee80211_ctstoself_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5110 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005111 const void *frame, size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005112 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005113 struct ieee80211_cts *cts);
5114
5115/**
5116 * ieee80211_ctstoself_duration - Get the duration field for a CTS-to-self frame
5117 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005118 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005119 * @frame_len: the length of the frame that is going to be protected by the CTS-to-self.
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005120 * @frame_txctl: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005121 *
5122 * If the CTS-to-self is generated in firmware, but the host system must provide
5123 * the duration field, the low-level driver uses this function to receive
5124 * the duration field value in little-endian byteorder.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005125 *
5126 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005127 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005128__le16 ieee80211_ctstoself_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5129 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005130 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005131 const struct ieee80211_tx_info *frame_txctl);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005132
5133/**
5134 * ieee80211_generic_frame_duration - Calculate the duration field for a frame
5135 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005136 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Bergd13e1412012-06-09 10:31:09 +02005137 * @band: the band to calculate the frame duration on
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005138 * @frame_len: the length of the frame.
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005139 * @rate: the rate at which the frame is going to be transmitted.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005140 *
5141 * Calculate the duration field of some generic frame, given its
5142 * length and transmission rate (in 100kbps).
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005143 *
5144 * Return: The duration.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005145 */
Johannes Berg32bfd352007-12-19 01:31:26 +01005146__le16 ieee80211_generic_frame_duration(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5147 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02005148 enum nl80211_band band,
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005149 size_t frame_len,
Johannes Berg8318d782008-01-24 19:38:38 +01005150 struct ieee80211_rate *rate);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005151
5152/**
5153 * ieee80211_get_buffered_bc - accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames
5154 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005155 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005156 *
5157 * Function for accessing buffered broadcast and multicast frames. If
5158 * hardware/firmware does not implement buffering of broadcast/multicast
5159 * frames when power saving is used, 802.11 code buffers them in the host
5160 * memory. The low-level driver uses this function to fetch next buffered
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005161 * frame. In most cases, this is used when generating beacon frame.
5162 *
5163 * Return: A pointer to the next buffered skb or NULL if no more buffered
5164 * frames are available.
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005165 *
5166 * Note: buffered frames are returned only after DTIM beacon frame was
5167 * generated with ieee80211_beacon_get() and the low-level driver must thus
5168 * call ieee80211_beacon_get() first. ieee80211_get_buffered_bc() returns
5169 * NULL if the previous generated beacon was not DTIM, so the low-level driver
5170 * does not need to check for DTIM beacons separately and should be able to
5171 * use common code for all beacons.
5172 */
5173struct sk_buff *
Johannes Berge039fa42008-05-15 12:55:29 +02005174ieee80211_get_buffered_bc(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005175
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005176/**
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005177 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv - get a TKIP phase 1 key for IV32
5178 *
5179 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32.
5180 *
5181 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5182 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5183 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5184 */
5185void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5186 u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5187
5188/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005189 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005190 *
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005191 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the IV32 taken
5192 * from the given packet.
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005193 *
5194 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005195 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32 value from that will be encrypted
5196 * with this P1K
5197 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005198 */
Johannes Berg42d987952011-07-07 18:58:01 +02005199static inline void ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5200 struct sk_buff *skb, u16 *p1k)
5201{
5202 struct ieee80211_hdr *hdr = (struct ieee80211_hdr *)skb->data;
5203 const u8 *data = (u8 *)hdr + ieee80211_hdrlen(hdr->frame_control);
5204 u32 iv32 = get_unaligned_le32(&data[4]);
5205
5206 ieee80211_get_tkip_p1k_iv(keyconf, iv32, p1k);
5207}
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005208
5209/**
Johannes Berg8bca5d82011-07-13 19:50:34 +02005210 * ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k - get a TKIP phase 1 key for RX
5211 *
5212 * This function returns the TKIP phase 1 key for the given IV32
5213 * and transmitter address.
5214 *
5215 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5216 * @ta: TA that will be used with the key
5217 * @iv32: IV32 to get the P1K for
5218 * @p1k: a buffer to which the key will be written, as 5 u16 values
5219 */
5220void ieee80211_get_tkip_rx_p1k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5221 const u8 *ta, u32 iv32, u16 *p1k);
5222
5223/**
Johannes Berg523b02e2011-07-07 22:28:01 +02005224 * ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k - get a TKIP phase 2 key
5225 *
5226 * This function computes the TKIP RC4 key for the IV values
5227 * in the packet.
5228 *
5229 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5230 * @skb: the packet to take the IV32/IV16 values from that will be
5231 * encrypted with this key
5232 * @p2k: a buffer to which the key will be written, 16 bytes
5233 */
5234void ieee80211_get_tkip_p2k(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5235 struct sk_buff *skb, u8 *p2k);
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005236
5237/**
Eliad Pellerf8079d42016-02-14 13:56:35 +02005238 * ieee80211_tkip_add_iv - write TKIP IV and Ext. IV to pos
5239 *
5240 * @pos: start of crypto header
5241 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5242 * @pn: PN to add
5243 *
5244 * Returns: pointer to the octet following IVs (i.e. beginning of
5245 * the packet payload)
5246 *
5247 * This function writes the tkip IV value to pos (which should
5248 * point to the crypto header)
5249 */
5250u8 *ieee80211_tkip_add_iv(u8 *pos, struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf, u64 pn);
5251
5252/**
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005253 * ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq - get key RX sequence counter
5254 *
5255 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005256 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg3ea542d2011-07-07 18:58:00 +02005257 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5258 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5259 * @seq: buffer to receive the sequence data
5260 *
5261 * This function allows a driver to retrieve the current RX IV/PNs
5262 * for the given key. It must not be called if IV checking is done
5263 * by the device and not by mac80211.
5264 *
5265 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5266 * can be done concurrently.
5267 */
5268void ieee80211_get_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5269 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5270
5271/**
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005272 * ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq - set key RX sequence counter
5273 *
5274 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
Jouni Malinen00b9cfa2015-01-24 19:52:06 +02005275 * @tid: The TID, or -1 for the management frame value (CCMP/GCMP only);
Johannes Berg27b3eb92013-08-07 20:11:55 +02005276 * the value on TID 0 is also used for non-QoS frames. For
5277 * CMAC, only TID 0 is valid.
5278 * @seq: new sequence data
5279 *
5280 * This function allows a driver to set the current RX IV/PNs for the
5281 * given key. This is useful when resuming from WoWLAN sleep and GTK
5282 * rekey may have been done while suspended. It should not be called
5283 * if IV checking is done by the device and not by mac80211.
5284 *
5285 * Note that this function may only be called when no RX processing
5286 * can be done concurrently.
5287 */
5288void ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf,
5289 int tid, struct ieee80211_key_seq *seq);
5290
5291/**
5292 * ieee80211_remove_key - remove the given key
5293 * @keyconf: the parameter passed with the set key
5294 *
5295 * Remove the given key. If the key was uploaded to the hardware at the
5296 * time this function is called, it is not deleted in the hardware but
5297 * instead assumed to have been removed already.
5298 *
5299 * Note that due to locking considerations this function can (currently)
5300 * only be called during key iteration (ieee80211_iter_keys().)
5301 */
5302void ieee80211_remove_key(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5303
5304/**
5305 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add - add a GTK key from rekeying during WoWLAN
5306 * @vif: the virtual interface to add the key on
5307 * @keyconf: new key data
5308 *
5309 * When GTK rekeying was done while the system was suspended, (a) new
5310 * key(s) will be available. These will be needed by mac80211 for proper
5311 * RX processing, so this function allows setting them.
5312 *
5313 * The function returns the newly allocated key structure, which will
5314 * have similar contents to the passed key configuration but point to
5315 * mac80211-owned memory. In case of errors, the function returns an
5316 * ERR_PTR(), use IS_ERR() etc.
5317 *
5318 * Note that this function assumes the key isn't added to hardware
5319 * acceleration, so no TX will be done with the key. Since it's a GTK
5320 * on managed (station) networks, this is true anyway. If the driver
5321 * calls this function from the resume callback and subsequently uses
5322 * the return code 1 to reconfigure the device, this key will be part
5323 * of the reconfiguration.
5324 *
5325 * Note that the driver should also call ieee80211_set_key_rx_seq()
5326 * for the new key for each TID to set up sequence counters properly.
5327 *
5328 * IMPORTANT: If this replaces a key that is present in the hardware,
5329 * then it will attempt to remove it during this call. In many cases
5330 * this isn't what you want, so call ieee80211_remove_key() first for
5331 * the key that's being replaced.
5332 */
5333struct ieee80211_key_conf *
5334ieee80211_gtk_rekey_add(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5335 struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5336
5337/**
Johannes Bergc68f4b82011-07-05 16:35:41 +02005338 * ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify - notify userspace supplicant of rekeying
5339 * @vif: virtual interface the rekeying was done on
5340 * @bssid: The BSSID of the AP, for checking association
5341 * @replay_ctr: the new replay counter after GTK rekeying
5342 * @gfp: allocation flags
5343 */
5344void ieee80211_gtk_rekey_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *bssid,
5345 const u8 *replay_ctr, gfp_t gfp);
5346
Emmanuel Grumbach5d2cdcd42008-03-20 15:06:41 +02005347/**
Johannes Berg4271d4b2020-11-29 17:30:45 +02005348 * ieee80211_key_mic_failure - increment MIC failure counter for the key
5349 *
5350 * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
5351 * at the same time.
5352 *
5353 * @keyconf: the key in question
5354 */
5355void ieee80211_key_mic_failure(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5356
5357/**
5358 * ieee80211_key_replay - increment replay counter for the key
5359 *
5360 * Note: this is really only safe if no other RX function is called
5361 * at the same time.
5362 *
5363 * @keyconf: the key in question
5364 */
5365void ieee80211_key_replay(struct ieee80211_key_conf *keyconf);
5366
5367/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005368 * ieee80211_wake_queue - wake specific queue
5369 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5370 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5371 *
5372 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5373 */
5374void ieee80211_wake_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5375
5376/**
5377 * ieee80211_stop_queue - stop specific queue
5378 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5379 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5380 *
5381 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5382 */
5383void ieee80211_stop_queue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5384
5385/**
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005386 * ieee80211_queue_stopped - test status of the queue
5387 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5388 * @queue: queue number (counted from zero).
5389 *
5390 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005391 *
5392 * Return: %true if the queue is stopped. %false otherwise.
Tomas Winkler92ab8532008-07-24 21:02:04 +03005393 */
5394
5395int ieee80211_queue_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, int queue);
5396
5397/**
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005398 * ieee80211_stop_queues - stop all queues
5399 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5400 *
5401 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_stop_queue.
5402 */
5403void ieee80211_stop_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5404
5405/**
5406 * ieee80211_wake_queues - wake all queues
5407 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5408 *
5409 * Drivers should use this function instead of netif_wake_queue.
5410 */
5411void ieee80211_wake_queues(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5412
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005413/**
5414 * ieee80211_scan_completed - completed hardware scan
5415 *
5416 * When hardware scan offload is used (i.e. the hw_scan() callback is
5417 * assigned) this function needs to be called by the driver to notify
Johannes Berg8789d452010-08-26 13:30:26 +02005418 * mac80211 that the scan finished. This function can be called from
5419 * any context, including hardirq context.
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005420 *
5421 * @hw: the hardware that finished the scan
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005422 * @info: information about the completed scan
Johannes Berg75a5f0c2007-09-18 17:29:20 -04005423 */
Avraham Stern7947d3e2016-07-05 15:23:12 +03005424void ieee80211_scan_completed(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5425 struct cfg80211_scan_info *info);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07005426
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005427/**
Luciano Coelho79f460c2011-05-11 17:09:36 +03005428 * ieee80211_sched_scan_results - got results from scheduled scan
5429 *
5430 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function needs to be called by the
5431 * driver whenever there are new scan results available.
5432 *
5433 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5434 */
5435void ieee80211_sched_scan_results(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5436
5437/**
5438 * ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped - inform that the scheduled scan has stopped
5439 *
5440 * When a scheduled scan is running, this function can be called by
5441 * the driver if it needs to stop the scan to perform another task.
5442 * Usual scenarios are drivers that cannot continue the scheduled scan
5443 * while associating, for instance.
5444 *
5445 * @hw: the hardware that is performing scheduled scans
5446 */
5447void ieee80211_sched_scan_stopped(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5448
5449/**
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005450 * enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags - interface iteration flags
5451 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL: Iterate over all interfaces that have
5452 * been added to the driver; However, note that during hardware
5453 * reconfiguration (after restart_hw) it will iterate over a new
5454 * interface and over all the existing interfaces even if they
5455 * haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
5456 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL: During resume, iterate over all
5457 * interfaces, even if they haven't been re-added to the driver yet.
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005458 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE: Iterate only active interfaces (netdev is up).
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005459 * @IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER: Skip any interfaces where SDATA
5460 * is not in the driver. This may fix crashes during firmware recovery
5461 * for instance.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005462 */
5463enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags {
5464 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_NORMAL = 0,
5465 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_RESUME_ALL = BIT(0),
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005466 IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE = BIT(1),
Ben Greear265a0702020-09-22 12:19:56 -07005467 IEEE80211_IFACE_SKIP_SDATA_NOT_IN_DRIVER = BIT(2),
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005468};
5469
5470/**
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005471 * ieee80211_iterate_interfaces - iterate interfaces
5472 *
5473 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5474 * hardware and calls the callback for them. This includes active as well as
5475 * inactive interfaces. This function allows the iterator function to sleep.
5476 * Will iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
5477 *
5478 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5479 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5480 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
5481 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5482 */
5483void ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5484 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5485 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5486 void *data);
5487
5488/**
Randy Dunlap6ef307b2008-07-03 13:52:18 -07005489 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005490 *
5491 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5492 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005493 * This function allows the iterator function to sleep, when the iterator
5494 * function is atomic @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic can
5495 * be used.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005496 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005497 *
5498 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005499 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005500 * @iterator: the iterator function to call
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005501 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5502 */
Arik Nemtsov3384d752015-03-01 09:10:15 +02005503static inline void
5504ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u32 iter_flags,
5505 void (*iterator)(void *data, u8 *mac,
5506 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5507 void *data)
5508{
5509 ieee80211_iterate_interfaces(hw,
5510 iter_flags | IEEE80211_IFACE_ITER_ACTIVE,
5511 iterator, data);
5512}
Johannes Bergdabeb342007-11-09 01:57:29 +01005513
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005514/**
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005515 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic - iterate active interfaces
5516 *
5517 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5518 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5519 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5520 * if that is not desired, use @ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces instead.
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005521 * Does not iterate over a new interface during add_interface().
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005522 *
5523 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005524 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005525 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5526 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5527 */
5528void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
Johannes Berg8b2c9822012-11-06 20:23:30 +01005529 u32 iter_flags,
Ivo van Doorn2f561fe2008-05-10 13:40:49 +02005530 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5531 u8 *mac,
5532 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
5533 void *data);
5534
5535/**
Johannes Berga05829a2021-01-22 16:19:43 +01005536 * ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx - iterate active interfaces
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005537 *
5538 * This function iterates over the interfaces associated with a given
5539 * hardware that are currently active and calls the callback for them.
5540 * This version can only be used while holding the RTNL.
5541 *
5542 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5543 * @iter_flags: iteration flags, see &enum ieee80211_interface_iteration_flags
5544 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5545 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5546 */
Johannes Berga05829a2021-01-22 16:19:43 +01005547void ieee80211_iterate_active_interfaces_mtx(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5548 u32 iter_flags,
5549 void (*iterator)(void *data,
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005550 u8 *mac,
5551 struct ieee80211_vif *vif),
Johannes Berga05829a2021-01-22 16:19:43 +01005552 void *data);
Johannes Bergc7c71062013-08-21 22:07:20 +02005553
5554/**
Arik Nemtsov0fc1e042014-10-22 12:30:59 +03005555 * ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic - iterate stations
5556 *
5557 * This function iterates over all stations associated with a given
5558 * hardware that are currently uploaded to the driver and calls the callback
5559 * function for them.
5560 * This function requires the iterator callback function to be atomic,
5561 *
5562 * @hw: the hardware struct of which the interfaces should be iterated over
5563 * @iterator: the iterator function to call, cannot sleep
5564 * @data: first argument of the iterator function
5565 */
5566void ieee80211_iterate_stations_atomic(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5567 void (*iterator)(void *data,
5568 struct ieee80211_sta *sta),
5569 void *data);
5570/**
Luis R. Rodriguez42935ec2009-07-29 20:08:07 -04005571 * ieee80211_queue_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5572 *
5573 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to add work onto the mac80211 workqueue.
5574 * This helper ensures drivers are not queueing work when they should not be.
5575 *
5576 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5577 * @work: the work we want to add onto the mac80211 workqueue
5578 */
5579void ieee80211_queue_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct work_struct *work);
5580
5581/**
5582 * ieee80211_queue_delayed_work - add work onto the mac80211 workqueue
5583 *
5584 * Drivers and mac80211 use this to queue delayed work onto the mac80211
5585 * workqueue.
5586 *
5587 * @hw: the hardware struct for the interface we are adding work for
5588 * @dwork: delayable work to queue onto the mac80211 workqueue
5589 * @delay: number of jiffies to wait before queueing
5590 */
5591void ieee80211_queue_delayed_work(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5592 struct delayed_work *dwork,
5593 unsigned long delay);
5594
5595/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005596 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session - Start a tx Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005597 * @sta: the station for which to start a BA session
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005598 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305599 * @timeout: session timeout value (in TUs)
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005600 *
5601 * Return: success if addBA request was sent, failure otherwise
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005602 *
5603 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5604 * the need to start aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5605 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5606 */
Sujith Manoharanbd2ce6e2010-12-15 07:47:10 +05305607int ieee80211_start_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid,
5608 u16 timeout);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005609
5610/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005611 * ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005612 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005613 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5614 * @tid: the TID to BA on.
5615 *
5616 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005617 * finished with preparations for the BA session. It can be called
5618 * from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005619 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005620void ieee80211_start_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005621 u16 tid);
5622
5623/**
5624 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session - Stop a Block Ack session.
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005625 * @sta: the station whose BA session to stop
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005626 * @tid: the TID to stop BA.
Randy Dunlapea2d8b52008-10-27 09:47:03 -07005627 *
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005628 * Return: negative error if the TID is invalid, or no aggregation active
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005629 *
5630 * Although mac80211/low level driver/user space application can estimate
5631 * the need to stop aggregation on a certain RA/TID, the session level
5632 * will be managed by the mac80211.
5633 */
Johannes Berg6a8579d2010-05-27 14:41:07 +02005634int ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u16 tid);
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005635
5636/**
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005637 * ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe - low level driver ready to stop aggregate.
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005638 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005639 * @ra: receiver address of the BA session recipient.
5640 * @tid: the desired TID to BA on.
5641 *
5642 * This function must be called by low level driver once it has
Johannes Berg5d22c892010-06-10 10:21:40 +02005643 * finished with preparations for the BA session tear down. It
5644 * can be called from any context.
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005645 */
Johannes Bergc951ad32009-11-16 12:00:38 +01005646void ieee80211_stop_tx_ba_cb_irqsafe(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *ra,
Ron Rindjunsky0df3ef42008-01-28 14:07:15 +02005647 u16 tid);
5648
Mohamed Abbas84363e62008-04-04 16:59:58 -07005649/**
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005650 * ieee80211_find_sta - find a station
5651 *
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005652 * @vif: virtual interface to look for station on
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005653 * @addr: station's address
5654 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005655 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5656 *
5657 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005658 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5659 */
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005660struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
Johannes Berg17741cd2008-09-11 00:02:02 +02005661 const u8 *addr);
5662
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005663/**
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005664 * ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr - find a station on hardware
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005665 *
5666 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005667 * @addr: remote station's address
5668 * @localaddr: local address (vif->sdata->vif.addr). Use NULL for 'any'.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005669 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005670 * Return: The station, if found. %NULL otherwise.
5671 *
5672 * Note: This function must be called under RCU lock and the
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005673 * resulting pointer is only valid under RCU lock as well.
5674 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005675 * NOTE: You may pass NULL for localaddr, but then you will just get
5676 * the first STA that matches the remote address 'addr'.
5677 * We can have multiple STA associated with multiple
5678 * logical stations (e.g. consider a station connecting to another
5679 * BSSID on the same AP hardware without disconnecting first).
5680 * In this case, the result of this method with localaddr NULL
5681 * is not reliable.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005682 *
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005683 * DO NOT USE THIS FUNCTION with localaddr NULL if at all possible.
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005684 */
Ben Greear686b9cb2010-09-23 09:44:36 -07005685struct ieee80211_sta *ieee80211_find_sta_by_ifaddr(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5686 const u8 *addr,
5687 const u8 *localaddr);
Johannes Berg5ed176e2009-11-04 14:42:28 +01005688
5689/**
Johannes Bergaf818582009-11-06 11:35:50 +01005690 * ieee80211_sta_block_awake - block station from waking up
5691 * @hw: the hardware
5692 * @pubsta: the station
5693 * @block: whether to block or unblock
5694 *
5695 * Some devices require that all frames that are on the queues
5696 * for a specific station that went to sleep are flushed before
5697 * a poll response or frames after the station woke up can be
5698 * delivered to that it. Note that such frames must be rejected
5699 * by the driver as filtered, with the appropriate status flag.
5700 *
5701 * This function allows implementing this mode in a race-free
5702 * manner.
5703 *
5704 * To do this, a driver must keep track of the number of frames
5705 * still enqueued for a specific station. If this number is not
5706 * zero when the station goes to sleep, the driver must call
5707 * this function to force mac80211 to consider the station to
5708 * be asleep regardless of the station's actual state. Once the
5709 * number of outstanding frames reaches zero, the driver must
5710 * call this function again to unblock the station. That will
5711 * cause mac80211 to be able to send ps-poll responses, and if
5712 * the station queried in the meantime then frames will also
5713 * be sent out as a result of this. Additionally, the driver
5714 * will be notified that the station woke up some time after
5715 * it is unblocked, regardless of whether the station actually
5716 * woke up while blocked or not.
5717 */
5718void ieee80211_sta_block_awake(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5719 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, bool block);
5720
5721/**
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005722 * ieee80211_sta_eosp - notify mac80211 about end of SP
5723 * @pubsta: the station
5724 *
5725 * When a device transmits frames in a way that it can't tell
5726 * mac80211 in the TX status about the EOSP, it must clear the
5727 * %IEEE80211_TX_STATUS_EOSP bit and call this function instead.
5728 * This applies for PS-Poll as well as uAPSD.
5729 *
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005730 * Note that just like with _tx_status() and _rx() drivers must
5731 * not mix calls to irqsafe/non-irqsafe versions, this function
5732 * must not be mixed with those either. Use the all irqsafe, or
5733 * all non-irqsafe, don't mix!
5734 *
5735 * NB: the _irqsafe version of this function doesn't exist, no
5736 * driver needs it right now. Don't call this function if
5737 * you'd need the _irqsafe version, look at the git history
5738 * and restore the _irqsafe version!
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005739 */
Johannes Berge9437892013-02-15 21:38:08 +01005740void ieee80211_sta_eosp(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta);
Johannes Berg37fbd902011-09-29 16:04:39 +02005741
5742/**
Emmanuel Grumbach0ead2512015-11-17 10:24:36 +02005743 * ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc - ask mac80211 to send NDP with EOSP
5744 * @pubsta: the station
5745 * @tid: the tid of the NDP
5746 *
5747 * Sometimes the device understands that it needs to close
5748 * the Service Period unexpectedly. This can happen when
5749 * sending frames that are filling holes in the BA window.
5750 * In this case, the device can ask mac80211 to send a
5751 * Nullfunc frame with EOSP set. When that happens, the
5752 * driver must have called ieee80211_sta_set_buffered() to
5753 * let mac80211 know that there are no buffered frames any
5754 * more, otherwise mac80211 will get the more_data bit wrong.
5755 * The low level driver must have made sure that the frame
5756 * will be sent despite the station being in power-save.
5757 * Mac80211 won't call allow_buffered_frames().
5758 * Note that calling this function, doesn't exempt the driver
5759 * from closing the EOSP properly, it will still have to call
5760 * ieee80211_sta_eosp when the NDP is sent.
5761 */
5762void ieee80211_send_eosp_nullfunc(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, int tid);
5763
5764/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005765 * ieee80211_sta_register_airtime - register airtime usage for a sta/tid
5766 *
Felix Fietkauc74114d2020-09-08 14:36:55 +02005767 * Register airtime usage for a given sta on a given tid. The driver must call
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08005768 * this function to notify mac80211 that a station used a certain amount of
5769 * airtime. This information will be used by the TXQ scheduler to schedule
5770 * stations in a way that ensures airtime fairness.
5771 *
5772 * The reported airtime should as a minimum include all time that is spent
5773 * transmitting to the remote station, including overhead and padding, but not
5774 * including time spent waiting for a TXOP. If the time is not reported by the
5775 * hardware it can in some cases be calculated from the rate and known frame
5776 * composition. When possible, the time should include any failed transmission
5777 * attempts.
5778 *
5779 * The driver can either call this function synchronously for every packet or
5780 * aggregate, or asynchronously as airtime usage information becomes available.
5781 * TX and RX airtime can be reported together, or separately by setting one of
5782 * them to 0.
5783 *
5784 * @pubsta: the station
5785 * @tid: the TID to register airtime for
5786 * @tx_airtime: airtime used during TX (in usec)
5787 * @rx_airtime: airtime used during RX (in usec)
5788 */
5789void ieee80211_sta_register_airtime(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
5790 u32 tx_airtime, u32 rx_airtime);
5791
5792/**
Kan Yan3ace10f2019-11-18 22:06:09 -08005793 * ieee80211_txq_airtime_check - check if a txq can send frame to device
5794 *
5795 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5796 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
5797 *
5798 * Return true if the AQL's airtime limit has not been reached and the txq can
5799 * continue to send more packets to the device. Otherwise return false.
5800 */
5801bool
5802ieee80211_txq_airtime_check(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
5803
5804/**
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005805 * ieee80211_iter_keys - iterate keys programmed into the device
5806 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5807 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5808 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5809 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5810 *
5811 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5812 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5813 * the device. This is intended for use in WoWLAN if the device
5814 * needs reprogramming of the keys during suspend. Note that due
5815 * to locking reasons, it is also only safe to call this at few
5816 * spots since it must hold the RTNL and be able to sleep.
Johannes Bergf850e002011-07-13 19:50:53 +02005817 *
5818 * The order in which the keys are iterated matches the order
5819 * in which they were originally installed and handed to the
5820 * set_key callback.
Johannes Berg830af022011-07-05 16:35:39 +02005821 */
5822void ieee80211_iter_keys(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5823 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5824 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5825 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5826 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5827 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5828 void *data),
5829 void *iter_data);
5830
5831/**
Eliad Pelleref044762015-11-17 10:24:37 +02005832 * ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu - iterate keys programmed into the device
5833 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5834 * @vif: virtual interface to iterate, may be %NULL for all
5835 * @iter: iterator function that will be called for each key
5836 * @iter_data: custom data to pass to the iterator function
5837 *
5838 * This function can be used to iterate all the keys known to
5839 * mac80211, even those that weren't previously programmed into
5840 * the device. Note that due to locking reasons, keys of station
5841 * in removal process will be skipped.
5842 *
5843 * This function requires being called in an RCU critical section,
5844 * and thus iter must be atomic.
5845 */
5846void ieee80211_iter_keys_rcu(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5847 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5848 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5849 struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5850 struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
5851 struct ieee80211_key_conf *key,
5852 void *data),
5853 void *iter_data);
5854
5855/**
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005856 * ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic - iterate channel contexts
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13005857 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005858 * @iter: iterator function
5859 * @iter_data: data passed to iterator function
5860 *
5861 * Iterate all active channel contexts. This function is atomic and
5862 * doesn't acquire any locks internally that might be held in other
5863 * places while calling into the driver.
5864 *
5865 * The iterator will not find a context that's being added (during
5866 * the driver callback to add it) but will find it while it's being
5867 * removed.
Johannes Berg8a61af62012-12-13 17:42:30 +01005868 *
5869 * Note that during hardware restart, all contexts that existed
5870 * before the restart are considered already present so will be
5871 * found while iterating, whether they've been re-added already
5872 * or not.
Johannes Berg3448c002012-09-11 17:57:42 +02005873 */
5874void ieee80211_iter_chan_contexts_atomic(
5875 struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5876 void (*iter)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5877 struct ieee80211_chanctx_conf *chanctx_conf,
5878 void *data),
5879 void *iter_data);
5880
5881/**
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005882 * ieee80211_ap_probereq_get - retrieve a Probe Request template
5883 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
5884 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5885 *
5886 * Creates a Probe Request template which can, for example, be uploaded to
5887 * hardware. The template is filled with bssid, ssid and supported rate
5888 * information. This function must only be called from within the
5889 * .bss_info_changed callback function and only in managed mode. The function
5890 * is only useful when the interface is associated, otherwise it will return
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01005891 * %NULL.
5892 *
5893 * Return: The Probe Request template. %NULL on error.
Juuso Oikarinena619a4c2010-11-11 08:50:18 +02005894 */
5895struct sk_buff *ieee80211_ap_probereq_get(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
5896 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5897
5898/**
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005899 * ieee80211_beacon_loss - inform hardware does not receive beacons
5900 *
Johannes Berg1ed32e42009-12-23 13:15:45 +01005901 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005902 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005903 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005904 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS is set, the driver needs to inform whenever the
Kalle Valo04de8382009-03-22 21:57:35 +02005905 * hardware is not receiving beacons with this function.
5906 */
5907void ieee80211_beacon_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02005908
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005909/**
5910 * ieee80211_connection_loss - inform hardware has lost connection to the AP
5911 *
5912 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5913 *
Johannes Bergc1288b12012-01-19 09:29:57 +01005914 * When beacon filtering is enabled with %IEEE80211_VIF_BEACON_FILTER, and
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005915 * %IEEE80211_CONF_PS and %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR are set, the driver
5916 * needs to inform if the connection to the AP has been lost.
Johannes Berg682bd382013-01-29 13:13:50 +01005917 * The function may also be called if the connection needs to be terminated
5918 * for some other reason, even if %IEEE80211_HW_CONNECTION_MONITOR isn't set.
Juuso Oikarinen1e4dcd02010-03-19 07:14:53 +02005919 *
5920 * This function will cause immediate change to disassociated state,
5921 * without connection recovery attempts.
5922 */
5923void ieee80211_connection_loss(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5924
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005925/**
Johannes Berg3f8a39f2020-12-06 14:54:43 +02005926 * ieee80211_disconnect - request disconnection
5927 *
5928 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5929 * @reconnect: immediate reconnect is desired
5930 *
5931 * Request disconnection from the current network and, if enabled, send a
5932 * hint to the higher layers that immediate reconnect is desired.
5933 */
5934void ieee80211_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool reconnect);
5935
5936/**
Johannes Berg95acac62011-07-12 12:30:59 +02005937 * ieee80211_resume_disconnect - disconnect from AP after resume
5938 *
5939 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5940 *
5941 * Instructs mac80211 to disconnect from the AP after resume.
5942 * Drivers can use this after WoWLAN if they know that the
5943 * connection cannot be kept up, for example because keys were
5944 * used while the device was asleep but the replay counters or
5945 * similar cannot be retrieved from the device during resume.
5946 *
5947 * Note that due to implementation issues, if the driver uses
5948 * the reconfiguration functionality during resume the interface
5949 * will still be added as associated first during resume and then
5950 * disconnect normally later.
5951 *
5952 * This function can only be called from the resume callback and
5953 * the driver must not be holding any of its own locks while it
5954 * calls this function, or at least not any locks it needs in the
5955 * key configuration paths (if it supports HW crypto).
5956 */
5957void ieee80211_resume_disconnect(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
5958
5959/**
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005960 * ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify - inform a configured connection quality monitoring
5961 * rssi threshold triggered
5962 *
5963 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5964 * @rssi_event: the RSSI trigger event type
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005965 * @rssi_level: new RSSI level value or 0 if not available
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005966 * @gfp: context flags
5967 *
Johannes Bergea086352012-01-19 09:29:58 +01005968 * When the %IEEE80211_VIF_SUPPORTS_CQM_RSSI is set, and a connection quality
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005969 * monitoring is configured with an rssi threshold, the driver will inform
5970 * whenever the rssi level reaches the threshold.
5971 */
5972void ieee80211_cqm_rssi_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
5973 enum nl80211_cqm_rssi_threshold_event rssi_event,
Andrzej Zaborowski769f07d2017-01-25 12:43:40 +01005974 s32 rssi_level,
Juuso Oikarinena97c13c2010-03-23 09:02:34 +02005975 gfp_t gfp);
5976
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005977/**
Johannes Berg98f03342014-11-26 12:42:02 +01005978 * ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify - inform CQM of beacon loss
5979 *
5980 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5981 * @gfp: context flags
5982 */
5983void ieee80211_cqm_beacon_loss_notify(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, gfp_t gfp);
5984
5985/**
Simon Wunderlich164eb022013-02-08 18:16:20 +01005986 * ieee80211_radar_detected - inform that a radar was detected
5987 *
5988 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
5989 */
5990void ieee80211_radar_detected(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
5991
5992/**
Johannes Berg5ce6e432010-05-11 16:20:57 +02005993 * ieee80211_chswitch_done - Complete channel switch process
5994 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
5995 * @success: make the channel switch successful or not
5996 *
5997 * Complete the channel switch post-process: set the new operational channel
5998 * and wake up the suspended queues.
5999 */
6000void ieee80211_chswitch_done(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool success);
6001
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02006002/**
6003 * ieee80211_request_smps - request SM PS transition
6004 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
Johannes Berg633dd1e2010-08-18 15:01:23 +02006005 * @smps_mode: new SM PS mode
Johannes Bergd1f5b7a2010-08-05 17:05:55 +02006006 *
6007 * This allows the driver to request an SM PS transition in managed
6008 * mode. This is useful when the driver has more information than
6009 * the stack about possible interference, for example by bluetooth.
6010 */
6011void ieee80211_request_smps(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6012 enum ieee80211_smps_mode smps_mode);
6013
Johannes Berge31b8212010-10-05 19:39:30 +02006014/**
Johannes Berg21f83582010-12-18 17:20:47 +01006015 * ieee80211_ready_on_channel - notification of remain-on-channel start
6016 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6017 */
6018void ieee80211_ready_on_channel(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6019
6020/**
6021 * ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired - remain_on_channel duration expired
6022 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6023 */
6024void ieee80211_remain_on_channel_expired(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6025
Shahar Levif41ccd72011-05-22 16:10:21 +03006026/**
6027 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session - callback to stop existing BA sessions
6028 *
6029 * in order not to harm the system performance and user experience, the device
6030 * may request not to allow any rx ba session and tear down existing rx ba
6031 * sessions based on system constraints such as periodic BT activity that needs
6032 * to limit wlan activity (eg.sco or a2dp)."
6033 * in such cases, the intention is to limit the duration of the rx ppdu and
6034 * therefore prevent the peer device to use a-mpdu aggregation.
6035 *
6036 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6037 * @ba_rx_bitmap: Bit map of open rx ba per tid
6038 * @addr: & to bssid mac address
6039 */
6040void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u16 ba_rx_bitmap,
6041 const u8 *addr);
6042
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02006043/**
Sara Sharon06470f72016-01-28 16:19:25 +02006044 * ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames - move RX BA window and mark filtered
6045 * @pubsta: station struct
6046 * @tid: the session's TID
6047 * @ssn: starting sequence number of the bitmap, all frames before this are
6048 * assumed to be out of the window after the call
6049 * @filtered: bitmap of filtered frames, BIT(0) is the @ssn entry etc.
6050 * @received_mpdus: number of received mpdus in firmware
6051 *
6052 * This function moves the BA window and releases all frames before @ssn, and
6053 * marks frames marked in the bitmap as having been filtered. Afterwards, it
6054 * checks if any frames in the window starting from @ssn can now be released
6055 * (in case they were only waiting for frames that were filtered.)
6056 */
6057void ieee80211_mark_rx_ba_filtered_frames(struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta, u8 tid,
6058 u16 ssn, u64 filtered,
6059 u16 received_mpdus);
6060
6061/**
Felix Fietkau8c771242011-08-20 15:53:55 +02006062 * ieee80211_send_bar - send a BlockAckReq frame
6063 *
6064 * can be used to flush pending frames from the peer's aggregation reorder
6065 * buffer.
6066 *
6067 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6068 * @ra: the peer's destination address
6069 * @tid: the TID of the aggregation session
6070 * @ssn: the new starting sequence number for the receiver
6071 */
6072void ieee80211_send_bar(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, u8 *ra, u16 tid, u16 ssn);
6073
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006074/**
6075 * ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl - helper to queue an RX BA work
6076 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6077 * @addr: station mac address
6078 * @tid: the rx tid
6079 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006080void ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *addr,
Luca Coelho1272c5d2017-08-18 15:33:56 +03006081 unsigned int tid);
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006082
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006083/**
6084 * ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl - start a Rx BA session
6085 *
6086 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6087 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6088 * reordering.
6089 *
6090 * Create structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6091 * when they complete AddBa negotiation.
6092 *
6093 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6094 * @addr: station mac address
6095 * @tid: the rx tid
6096 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006097static inline void ieee80211_start_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6098 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6099{
6100 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6101 return;
6102 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid);
6103}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006104
6105/**
6106 * ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl - stop a Rx BA session
6107 *
6108 * Some device drivers may offload part of the Rx aggregation flow including
6109 * AddBa/DelBa negotiation but may otherwise be incapable of full Rx
6110 * reordering.
6111 *
6112 * Destroy structures responsible for reordering so device drivers may call here
6113 * when they complete DelBa negotiation.
6114 *
6115 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6116 * @addr: station mac address
6117 * @tid: the rx tid
6118 */
Johannes Berg699cb582017-05-30 16:34:46 +02006119static inline void ieee80211_stop_rx_ba_session_offl(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6120 const u8 *addr, u16 tid)
6121{
6122 if (WARN_ON(tid >= IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS))
6123 return;
6124 ieee80211_manage_rx_ba_offl(vif, addr, tid + IEEE80211_NUM_TIDS);
6125}
Michal Kazior08cf42e2014-07-16 12:12:15 +02006126
Naftali Goldstein04c2cf32017-07-11 10:07:25 +03006127/**
6128 * ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired - stop a Rx BA session due to timeout
6129 *
6130 * Some device drivers do not offload AddBa/DelBa negotiation, but handle rx
6131 * buffer reording internally, and therefore also handle the session timer.
6132 *
6133 * Trigger the timeout flow, which sends a DelBa.
6134 *
6135 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback
6136 * @addr: station mac address
6137 * @tid: the rx tid
6138 */
6139void ieee80211_rx_ba_timer_expired(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6140 const u8 *addr, unsigned int tid);
6141
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006142/* Rate control API */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006143
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006144/**
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006145 * struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control - rate control information for/from RC algo
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006146 *
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006147 * @hw: The hardware the algorithm is invoked for.
6148 * @sband: The band this frame is being transmitted on.
6149 * @bss_conf: the current BSS configuration
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006150 * @skb: the skb that will be transmitted, the control information in it needs
6151 * to be filled in
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006152 * @reported_rate: The rate control algorithm can fill this in to indicate
6153 * which rate should be reported to userspace as the current rate and
6154 * used for rate calculations in the mesh network.
6155 * @rts: whether RTS will be used for this frame because it is longer than the
6156 * RTS threshold
6157 * @short_preamble: whether mac80211 will request short-preamble transmission
6158 * if the selected rate supports it
Simon Wunderlichf44d4eb2012-03-07 21:31:13 +01006159 * @rate_idx_mask: user-requested (legacy) rate mask
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006160 * @rate_idx_mcs_mask: user-requested MCS rate mask (NULL if not in use)
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006161 * @bss: whether this frame is sent out in AP or IBSS mode
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006162 */
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006163struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control {
6164 struct ieee80211_hw *hw;
6165 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband;
6166 struct ieee80211_bss_conf *bss_conf;
6167 struct sk_buff *skb;
6168 struct ieee80211_tx_rate reported_rate;
6169 bool rts, short_preamble;
Jouni Malinen37eb0b12010-01-06 13:09:08 +02006170 u32 rate_idx_mask;
Felix Fietkau2ffbe6d2013-04-16 13:38:42 +02006171 u8 *rate_idx_mcs_mask;
Felix Fietkau8f0729b2010-11-11 15:07:23 +01006172 bool bss;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006173};
6174
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006175/**
6176 * enum rate_control_capabilities - rate control capabilities
6177 */
6178enum rate_control_capabilities {
6179 /**
6180 * @RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW:
6181 * Support for extended NSS BW support (dot11VHTExtendedNSSCapable)
6182 * Note that this is only looked at if the minimum number of chains
6183 * that the AP uses is < the number of TX chains the hardware has,
6184 * otherwise the NSS difference doesn't bother us.
6185 */
6186 RATE_CTRL_CAPA_VHT_EXT_NSS_BW = BIT(0),
6187};
6188
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006189struct rate_control_ops {
Johannes Berg09b4a4f2018-08-31 11:31:17 +03006190 unsigned long capa;
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006191 const char *name;
Johannes Berg6cb5f3e2020-04-23 11:13:49 +02006192 void *(*alloc)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw);
6193 void (*add_debugfs)(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, void *priv,
6194 struct dentry *debugfsdir);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006195 void (*free)(void *priv);
6196
6197 void *(*alloc_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, gfp_t gfp);
6198 void (*rate_init)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006199 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006200 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta);
Sujith81cb7622009-02-12 11:38:37 +05306201 void (*rate_update)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
Simon Wunderlich3de805c2013-07-08 16:55:50 +02006202 struct cfg80211_chan_def *chandef,
Johannes Berg64f68e52012-03-28 10:58:37 +02006203 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6204 u32 changed);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006205 void (*free_sta)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
6206 void *priv_sta);
6207
Felix Fietkau18fb84d2017-04-26 17:11:35 +02006208 void (*tx_status_ext)(void *priv,
6209 struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6210 void *priv_sta, struct ieee80211_tx_status *st);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006211 void (*tx_status)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6212 struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6213 struct sk_buff *skb);
Johannes Berge6a98542008-10-21 12:40:02 +02006214 void (*get_rate)(void *priv, struct ieee80211_sta *sta, void *priv_sta,
6215 struct ieee80211_tx_rate_control *txrc);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006216
6217 void (*add_sta_debugfs)(void *priv, void *priv_sta,
6218 struct dentry *dir);
Antonio Quartullicca674d2014-05-19 21:53:20 +02006219
6220 u32 (*get_expected_throughput)(void *priv_sta);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006221};
6222
6223static inline int rate_supported(struct ieee80211_sta *sta,
Johannes Berg57fbcce2016-04-12 15:56:15 +02006224 enum nl80211_band band,
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006225 int index)
6226{
6227 return (sta == NULL || sta->supp_rates[band] & BIT(index));
6228}
6229
6230static inline s8
6231rate_lowest_index(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6232 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6233{
6234 int i;
6235
6236 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6237 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6238 return i;
6239
6240 /* warn when we cannot find a rate. */
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006241 WARN_ON_ONCE(1);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006242
Johannes Berg54d50262011-11-04 18:07:43 +01006243 /* and return 0 (the lowest index) */
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006244 return 0;
6245}
6246
Luis R. Rodriguezb770b432009-07-16 10:15:09 -07006247static inline
6248bool rate_usable_index_exists(struct ieee80211_supported_band *sband,
6249 struct ieee80211_sta *sta)
6250{
6251 unsigned int i;
6252
6253 for (i = 0; i < sband->n_bitrates; i++)
6254 if (rate_supported(sta, sband->band, i))
6255 return true;
6256 return false;
6257}
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006258
Felix Fietkau0d528d82013-04-22 16:14:41 +02006259/**
6260 * rate_control_set_rates - pass the sta rate selection to mac80211/driver
6261 *
6262 * When not doing a rate control probe to test rates, rate control should pass
6263 * its rate selection to mac80211. If the driver supports receiving a station
6264 * rate table, it will use it to ensure that frames are always sent based on
6265 * the most recent rate control module decision.
6266 *
6267 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6268 * @pubsta: &struct ieee80211_sta pointer to the target destination.
6269 * @rates: new tx rate set to be used for this station.
6270 */
6271int rate_control_set_rates(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6272 struct ieee80211_sta *pubsta,
6273 struct ieee80211_sta_rates *rates);
6274
Johannes Berg631ad702014-01-20 23:29:34 +01006275int ieee80211_rate_control_register(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
6276void ieee80211_rate_control_unregister(const struct rate_control_ops *ops);
Johannes Berg4b7679a2008-09-18 18:14:18 +02006277
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006278static inline bool
6279conf_is_ht20(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6280{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006281 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006282}
6283
6284static inline bool
6285conf_is_ht40_minus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6286{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006287 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6288 conf->chandef.center_freq1 < conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006289}
6290
6291static inline bool
6292conf_is_ht40_plus(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6293{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006294 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40 &&
6295 conf->chandef.center_freq1 > conf->chandef.chan->center_freq;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006296}
6297
6298static inline bool
6299conf_is_ht40(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6300{
Karl Beldan675a0b02013-03-25 16:26:57 +01006301 return conf->chandef.width == NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_40;
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006302}
6303
6304static inline bool
6305conf_is_ht(struct ieee80211_conf *conf)
6306{
Rostislav Lisovy041f6072014-04-02 15:31:55 +02006307 return (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_5) &&
6308 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_10) &&
6309 (conf->chandef.width != NL80211_CHAN_WIDTH_20_NOHT);
Luis R. Rodriguez10c806b2008-12-23 15:58:36 -08006310}
6311
Johannes Berg2ca27bc2010-09-16 14:58:23 +02006312static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6313ieee80211_iftype_p2p(enum nl80211_iftype type, bool p2p)
6314{
6315 if (p2p) {
6316 switch (type) {
6317 case NL80211_IFTYPE_STATION:
6318 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_CLIENT;
6319 case NL80211_IFTYPE_AP:
6320 return NL80211_IFTYPE_P2P_GO;
6321 default:
6322 break;
6323 }
6324 }
6325 return type;
6326}
6327
6328static inline enum nl80211_iftype
6329ieee80211_vif_type_p2p(struct ieee80211_vif *vif)
6330{
6331 return ieee80211_iftype_p2p(vif->type, vif->p2p);
6332}
6333
Sara Sharon65554d02016-02-16 12:48:17 +02006334/**
6335 * ieee80211_update_mu_groups - set the VHT MU-MIMO groud data
6336 *
6337 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6338 * @membership: 64 bits array - a bit is set if station is member of the group
6339 * @position: 2 bits per group id indicating the position in the group
6340 *
6341 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid and the position and
6342 * membership data is of the correct size and are in the same byte order as the
6343 * matching GroupId management frame.
6344 * Calls to this function need to be serialized with RX path.
6345 */
6346void ieee80211_update_mu_groups(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6347 const u8 *membership, const u8 *position);
6348
Meenakshi Venkataraman615f7b92011-07-08 08:46:22 -07006349void ieee80211_enable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6350 int rssi_min_thold,
6351 int rssi_max_thold);
6352
6353void ieee80211_disable_rssi_reports(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Arik Nemtsov768db342011-09-28 14:12:51 +03006354
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006355/**
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006356 * ieee80211_ave_rssi - report the average RSSI for the specified interface
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006357 *
6358 * @vif: the specified virtual interface
6359 *
Yacine Belkadi0ae997d2013-01-12 13:54:14 +01006360 * Note: This function assumes that the given vif is valid.
6361 *
6362 * Return: The average RSSI value for the requested interface, or 0 if not
6363 * applicable.
Wey-Yi Guy0d8a0a12012-04-20 11:57:00 -07006364 */
Wey-Yi Guy1dae27f2012-04-13 12:02:57 -07006365int ieee80211_ave_rssi(struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
6366
Johannes Bergcd8f7cb2013-01-22 12:34:29 +01006367/**
6368 * ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup - report WoWLAN wakeup
6369 * @vif: virtual interface
6370 * @wakeup: wakeup reason(s)
6371 * @gfp: allocation flags
6372 *
6373 * See cfg80211_report_wowlan_wakeup().
6374 */
6375void ieee80211_report_wowlan_wakeup(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6376 struct cfg80211_wowlan_wakeup *wakeup,
6377 gfp_t gfp);
6378
Felix Fietkau06be6b12013-10-14 18:01:00 +02006379/**
6380 * ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb - prepare an 802.11 skb for transmission
6381 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6382 * @vif: virtual interface
6383 * @skb: frame to be sent from within the driver
6384 * @band: the band to transmit on
6385 * @sta: optional pointer to get the station to send the frame to
6386 *
6387 * Note: must be called under RCU lock
6388 */
6389bool ieee80211_tx_prepare_skb(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6390 struct ieee80211_vif *vif, struct sk_buff *skb,
6391 int band, struct ieee80211_sta **sta);
6392
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006393/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02006394 * ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap - Sanity-check and parse the radiotap header
6395 * of injected frames
Mathy Vanhoefcb17ed22020-07-23 14:01:53 +04006396 * @skb: packet injected by userspace
6397 * @dev: the &struct device of this 802.11 device
6398 */
6399bool ieee80211_parse_tx_radiotap(struct sk_buff *skb,
6400 struct net_device *dev);
6401
6402/**
Felix Fietkaua7022e62013-12-16 21:49:14 +01006403 * struct ieee80211_noa_data - holds temporary data for tracking P2P NoA state
6404 *
6405 * @next_tsf: TSF timestamp of the next absent state change
6406 * @has_next_tsf: next absent state change event pending
6407 *
6408 * @absent: descriptor bitmask, set if GO is currently absent
6409 *
6410 * private:
6411 *
6412 * @count: count fields from the NoA descriptors
6413 * @desc: adjusted data from the NoA
6414 */
6415struct ieee80211_noa_data {
6416 u32 next_tsf;
6417 bool has_next_tsf;
6418
6419 u8 absent;
6420
6421 u8 count[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6422 struct {
6423 u32 start;
6424 u32 duration;
6425 u32 interval;
6426 } desc[IEEE80211_P2P_NOA_DESC_MAX];
6427};
6428
6429/**
6430 * ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa - initialize NoA tracking data from P2P IE
6431 *
6432 * @attr: P2P NoA IE
6433 * @data: NoA tracking data
6434 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6435 *
6436 * Return: number of successfully parsed descriptors
6437 */
6438int ieee80211_parse_p2p_noa(const struct ieee80211_p2p_noa_attr *attr,
6439 struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6440
6441/**
6442 * ieee80211_update_p2p_noa - get next pending P2P GO absent state change
6443 *
6444 * @data: NoA tracking data
6445 * @tsf: current TSF timestamp
6446 */
6447void ieee80211_update_p2p_noa(struct ieee80211_noa_data *data, u32 tsf);
6448
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006449/**
Mauro Carvalho Chehabb1e8eb12020-10-23 18:33:08 +02006450 * ieee80211_tdls_oper_request - request userspace to perform a TDLS operation
Arik Nemtsovc887f0d32014-06-11 17:18:25 +03006451 * @vif: virtual interface
6452 * @peer: the peer's destination address
6453 * @oper: the requested TDLS operation
6454 * @reason_code: reason code for the operation, valid for TDLS teardown
6455 * @gfp: allocation flags
6456 *
6457 * See cfg80211_tdls_oper_request().
6458 */
6459void ieee80211_tdls_oper_request(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, const u8 *peer,
6460 enum nl80211_tdls_operation oper,
6461 u16 reason_code, gfp_t gfp);
Andrei Otcheretianskia7f3a762014-10-22 15:22:49 +03006462
6463/**
Liad Kaufmanb6da9112014-11-19 13:47:38 +02006464 * ieee80211_reserve_tid - request to reserve a specific TID
6465 *
6466 * There is sometimes a need (such as in TDLS) for blocking the driver from
6467 * using a specific TID so that the FW can use it for certain operations such
6468 * as sending PTI requests. To make sure that the driver doesn't use that TID,
6469 * this function must be called as it flushes out packets on this TID and marks
6470 * it as blocked, so that any transmit for the station on this TID will be
6471 * redirected to the alternative TID in the same AC.
6472 *
6473 * Note that this function blocks and may call back into the driver, so it
6474 * should be called without driver locks held. Also note this function should
6475 * only be called from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6476 *
6477 * @sta: the station to reserve the TID for
6478 * @tid: the TID to reserve
6479 *
6480 * Returns: 0 on success, else on failure
6481 */
6482int ieee80211_reserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6483
6484/**
6485 * ieee80211_unreserve_tid - request to unreserve a specific TID
6486 *
6487 * Once there is no longer any need for reserving a certain TID, this function
6488 * should be called, and no longer will packets have their TID modified for
6489 * preventing use of this TID in the driver.
6490 *
6491 * Note that this function blocks and acquires a lock, so it should be called
6492 * without driver locks held. Also note this function should only be called
6493 * from the driver's @sta_state callback.
6494 *
6495 * @sta: the station
6496 * @tid: the TID to unreserve
6497 */
6498void ieee80211_unreserve_tid(struct ieee80211_sta *sta, u8 tid);
6499
6500/**
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006501 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6502 *
6503 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006504 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6505 * ieee80211_next_txq()
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006506 *
6507 * Returns the skb if successful, %NULL if no frame was available.
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006508 *
6509 * Note that this must be called in an rcu_read_lock() critical section,
6510 * which can only be released after the SKB was handled. Some pointers in
Randy Dunlap66b239d2020-07-15 09:43:24 -07006511 * skb->cb, e.g. the key pointer, are protected by RCU and thus the
Johannes Bergfca12792018-12-15 11:03:08 +02006512 * critical section must persist not just for the duration of this call
6513 * but for the duration of the frame handling.
6514 * However, also note that while in the wake_tx_queue() method,
6515 * rcu_read_lock() is already held.
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006516 *
6517 * softirqs must also be disabled when this function is called.
6518 * In process context, use ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni() instead.
Felix Fietkauba8c3d62015-03-27 21:30:37 +01006519 */
6520struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6521 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006522
6523/**
Erik Stromdahlfb0e76a2019-06-17 22:01:39 +02006524 * ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni - dequeue a packet from a software tx queue
6525 * (in process context)
6526 *
6527 * Like ieee80211_tx_dequeue() but can be called in process context
6528 * (internally disables bottom halves).
6529 *
6530 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6531 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface, or from
6532 * ieee80211_next_txq()
6533 */
6534static inline struct sk_buff *ieee80211_tx_dequeue_ni(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6535 struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6536{
6537 struct sk_buff *skb;
6538
6539 local_bh_disable();
6540 skb = ieee80211_tx_dequeue(hw, txq);
6541 local_bh_enable();
6542
6543 return skb;
6544}
6545
6546/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006547 * ieee80211_next_txq - get next tx queue to pull packets from
6548 *
6549 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6550 * @ac: AC number to return packets from.
6551 *
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006552 * Returns the next txq if successful, %NULL if no queue is eligible. If a txq
6553 * is returned, it should be returned with ieee80211_return_txq() after the
6554 * driver has finished scheduling it.
6555 */
6556struct ieee80211_txq *ieee80211_next_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
6557
6558/**
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006559 * ieee80211_txq_schedule_start - start new scheduling round for TXQs
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006560 *
6561 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6562 * @ac: AC number to acquire locks for
6563 *
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006564 * Should be called before ieee80211_next_txq() or ieee80211_return_txq().
6565 * The driver must not call multiple TXQ scheduling rounds concurrently.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006566 */
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006567void ieee80211_txq_schedule_start(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006568
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006569/* (deprecated) */
6570static inline void ieee80211_txq_schedule_end(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, u8 ac)
6571{
6572}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006573
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006574void __ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6575 struct ieee80211_txq *txq, bool force);
6576
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen18667602018-12-18 17:02:06 -08006577/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006578 * ieee80211_schedule_txq - schedule a TXQ for transmission
6579 *
6580 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6581 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6582 *
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006583 * Schedules a TXQ for transmission if it is not already scheduled,
6584 * even if mac80211 does not have any packets buffered.
6585 *
6586 * The driver may call this function if it has buffered packets for
6587 * this TXQ internally.
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006588 */
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006589static inline void
6590ieee80211_schedule_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq)
6591{
6592 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, true);
6593}
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006594
6595/**
6596 * ieee80211_return_txq - return a TXQ previously acquired by ieee80211_next_txq()
6597 *
6598 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6599 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006600 * @force: schedule txq even if mac80211 does not have any buffered packets.
6601 *
6602 * The driver may set force=true if it has buffered packets for this TXQ
6603 * internally.
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006604 */
6605static inline void
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006606ieee80211_return_txq(struct ieee80211_hw *hw, struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6607 bool force)
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006608{
Felix Fietkau2b4a6692019-03-18 12:00:58 +01006609 __ieee80211_schedule_txq(hw, txq, force);
Felix Fietkau5b989c12019-03-15 11:03:35 +01006610}
Toke Høiland-Jørgensen390298e2019-01-22 15:20:16 +01006611
6612/**
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006613 * ieee80211_txq_may_transmit - check whether TXQ is allowed to transmit
6614 *
6615 * This function is used to check whether given txq is allowed to transmit by
6616 * the airtime scheduler, and can be used by drivers to access the airtime
6617 * fairness accounting without going using the scheduling order enfored by
6618 * next_txq().
6619 *
6620 * Returns %true if the airtime scheduler thinks the TXQ should be allowed to
6621 * transmit, and %false if it should be throttled. This function can also have
6622 * the side effect of rotating the TXQ in the scheduler rotation, which will
6623 * eventually bring the deficit to positive and allow the station to transmit
6624 * again.
6625 *
6626 * The API ieee80211_txq_may_transmit() also ensures that TXQ list will be
Chris Packhamae4a50e2019-10-25 10:36:47 +13006627 * aligned against driver's own round-robin scheduler list. i.e it rotates
Toke Høiland-Jørgensenb4809e92018-12-18 17:02:08 -08006628 * the TXQ list till it makes the requested node becomes the first entry
6629 * in TXQ list. Thus both the TXQ list and driver's list are in sync. If this
6630 * function returns %true, the driver is expected to schedule packets
6631 * for transmission, and then return the TXQ through ieee80211_return_txq().
6632 *
6633 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6634 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6635 */
6636bool ieee80211_txq_may_transmit(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6637 struct ieee80211_txq *txq);
6638
6639/**
Michal Kaziorf2ac7e302016-01-27 15:26:12 +01006640 * ieee80211_txq_get_depth - get pending frame/byte count of given txq
6641 *
6642 * The values are not guaranteed to be coherent with regard to each other, i.e.
6643 * txq state can change half-way of this function and the caller may end up
6644 * with "new" frame_cnt and "old" byte_cnt or vice-versa.
6645 *
6646 * @txq: pointer obtained from station or virtual interface
6647 * @frame_cnt: pointer to store frame count
6648 * @byte_cnt: pointer to store byte count
6649 */
6650void ieee80211_txq_get_depth(struct ieee80211_txq *txq,
6651 unsigned long *frame_cnt,
6652 unsigned long *byte_cnt);
Ayala Beker167e33f2016-09-20 17:31:20 +03006653
6654/**
6655 * ieee80211_nan_func_terminated - notify about NAN function termination.
6656 *
6657 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function termination.
6658 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6659 *
6660 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6661 * @inst_id: the local instance id
6662 * @reason: termination reason (one of the NL80211_NAN_FUNC_TERM_REASON_*)
6663 * @gfp: allocation flags
6664 */
6665void ieee80211_nan_func_terminated(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6666 u8 inst_id,
6667 enum nl80211_nan_func_term_reason reason,
6668 gfp_t gfp);
Ayala Beker92bc43b2016-09-20 17:31:21 +03006669
6670/**
6671 * ieee80211_nan_func_match - notify about NAN function match event.
6672 *
6673 * This function is used to notify mac80211 about NAN function match. The
6674 * cookie inside the match struct will be assigned by mac80211.
6675 * Note that this function can't be called from hard irq.
6676 *
6677 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6678 * @match: match event information
6679 * @gfp: allocation flags
6680 */
6681void ieee80211_nan_func_match(struct ieee80211_vif *vif,
6682 struct cfg80211_nan_match_params *match,
6683 gfp_t gfp);
6684
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006685/**
6686 * ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for RX.
6687 *
6688 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6689 * rate information in the RX status struct and the frame length.
6690 *
6691 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6692 * @status: &struct ieee80211_rx_status containing the transmission rate
6693 * information.
6694 * @len: frame length in bytes
6695 */
6696u32 ieee80211_calc_rx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6697 struct ieee80211_rx_status *status,
6698 int len);
6699
6700/**
6701 * ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime - calculate estimated transmission airtime for TX.
6702 *
6703 * This function calculates the estimated airtime usage of a frame based on the
6704 * rate information in the TX info struct and the frame length.
6705 *
6706 * @hw: pointer as obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw()
6707 * @info: &struct ieee80211_tx_info of the frame.
6708 * @len: frame length in bytes
6709 */
6710u32 ieee80211_calc_tx_airtime(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6711 struct ieee80211_tx_info *info,
6712 int len);
John Crispin50ff4772019-11-25 11:04:37 +01006713/**
6714 * ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap - enable hardware encapsulation offloading.
6715 *
6716 * This function is used to notify mac80211 that a vif can be passed raw 802.3
6717 * frames. The driver needs to then handle the 802.11 encapsulation inside the
6718 * hardware or firmware.
6719 *
6720 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6721 * @enable: indicate if the feature should be turned on or off
6722 */
6723bool ieee80211_set_hw_80211_encap(struct ieee80211_vif *vif, bool enable);
Toke Høiland-Jørgensendb3e1c42019-11-18 22:06:08 -08006724
Aloka Dixit295b02c2020-09-11 00:05:31 +00006725/**
6726 * ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl - Get FILS discovery template.
6727 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6728 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6729 *
6730 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6731 *
6732 * Return: FILS discovery template. %NULL on error.
6733 */
6734struct sk_buff *ieee80211_get_fils_discovery_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6735 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Aloka Dixit632189a2020-09-11 00:33:01 +00006736
6737/**
6738 * ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl - Get unsolicited broadcast
6739 * probe response template.
6740 * @hw: pointer obtained from ieee80211_alloc_hw().
6741 * @vif: &struct ieee80211_vif pointer from the add_interface callback.
6742 *
6743 * The driver is responsible for freeing the returned skb.
6744 *
6745 * Return: Unsolicited broadcast probe response template. %NULL on error.
6746 */
6747struct sk_buff *
6748ieee80211_get_unsol_bcast_probe_resp_tmpl(struct ieee80211_hw *hw,
6749 struct ieee80211_vif *vif);
Jiri Bencf0706e82007-05-05 11:45:53 -07006750#endif /* MAC80211_H */